Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 274

Schulungsprogramm-Home

Training programme 2016

Training Center Robotics


Training for ABB robots and application engineering

This document contains the current training programme 2016, and other useful information.

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions  






Schulungsteam

Our training team

Realize the full potential of


your robotics systems
The extensive range of training courses on
offer from ABB has the clear objective of pro-
fessionally training robotics experts. Against
this background we strongly recommend the
valuable in-depth courses which we offer in
addition to the essential basic courses. Struc-
tured to suit target group and category, our
program offers a variety of new and proven
courses that quickly bring returns.

I would also like to point out our courses in


RobotStudio. ABB offers herewith a power-
ful software that makes a major contribution to
increasing efficiency in conjunction with your
robotics systems.

We look forward to advising you on all stan-


dard courses, customized training and job-
related coaching to assist you in utilizing the
complete performance potential of your robot-
ics equipment.

Ralf Wölfelschneider, Training Manager

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 2 of 274  






Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 3 of 274  






00_Ausbildungsplaene

Overview
Industrial robot IRC5 5 Industrial robot S4C+ 211
Plant operator training plan 5 Plant operator training plan 211
Plant manager training plan 8 Plant manager training plan 213
Programmer training plan 40 Programmer training plan 217
Commissioning personnel training plan 75 Commissioning personnel training plan 223
Mechanical service personnel training plan 109 Mechanical service personnel training plan 229
Electrical equipment service personnel training plan 125 Electrical equipment service personnel training plan 232
Application engineer training plan 147 Application engineer training plan 237
Manager training plan 170
Painting robot S4P+ 242
Painting robot IRC5P 173 Plant operator training plan 242
Plant operator training plan 173 Plant manager training plan 244
Plant manager training plan 175 Programmer training plan 248
Programmer training plan 182 Mechanical service personnel training plan 254
Mechanical service personnel training plan 189 Electrical equipment service personnel training plan 257
Electrical equipment service personnel training plan 194 Application engineer training plan 262
Application engineer training plan 201
Manager training plan 208

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 4 of 274  






1.1.00_Ausbildungsplan Anlagenbediener

Overview of courses

Industrial robot IRC5


Plant operator training plan
Training plan blocks are linked to the associated course descriptions.
Click on “Overview of training plan” to go back.

Individual refresher
course / advanced course

IRC5 BE: IRC5 BE-S:


Operation Op. Shielded Arc Welding

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 5 of 274  






1.1.01_IRC5 BE: Bedienen

Plant operators

IRC5 BE: Operation


Target group Prerequisites
Plant operators, mechanical service personnel, application engineers None

Course goals Information


–– Independent execution of operating functions Course duration: 3 days
–– Switching on and starting up the robot system Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Moving the mechanics with a joystick Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Loading, testing and optimising simple movement programs Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Recognising and rectifying simple faults and service interruptions (e.g. Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
emergency stop) Price: 1,300 EUR / participant

Contents Contact
–– Occupational health and safety Claudia Hillebrand
–– Structure and function of the robot system Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Types of movement in manual and automatic operation Daniela Kehrer
–– Monitoring input and output signals Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Loading and saving modules and programs Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Error messages and status report roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 BE: Operation
2. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 6 of 274  






1.1.02_IRC5 BE-S: Bedienen Schutzgasschweissen

Plant operators

IRC5 BE-S: Operation Shielded Arc Welding


Target group Prerequisites
Plant operators, mechanical service personnel, Basic computer skills
application engineers
Information
Course goals Course duration: 5 days
–– Switching on and starting up the robot system Number of participants: 3 persons
–– Moving the mechanics with a joystick Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Loading, testing and optimising simple movement programs Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Recognising and rectifying simple faults and service interruptions Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
(e.g.emergency stop) Price: 2,500 EUR / participant
–– Making weld seams
Contact
Contents Claudia Hillebrand
–– Occupational health and safety, robots and application Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Structure and function of the robot system Daniela Kehrer
–– Types of movement in manual and automatic operation Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Monitoring input and output signals Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Backup roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Error messages and status report
–– Getting to know and applying application related instructions Overview of training plan
and software commands 1. IRC5 BE-S: Operation Shielded Arc Welding
–– Programming weld seams with predefined welding data 2. Individual refresher course / advanced course
–– Correcting weld seams

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 7 of 274  






1.2.00_Ausbildungsplan Anlagenführer

Overview of courses

Industrial robot IRC5


Plant manager training plan
Training plan blocks are linked to the associated course descriptions. Individual refresher
Click on “Overview of training plan” to go back. course / advanced course

Safety

RobotStudio

Special programming
as required

Application engineering
courses as required

IRC5 PS-A:
Plant operation

IRC5 PG1: IRC5 Upgrade Workshop:


IRC5 PG1-YuMi
Programming basics 1 S4C+ Upgrade

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 8 of 274  






1.2.01_IRC5 PG1: Programmiergrundlagen 1

Plant managers

IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, startup engineers, plant managers, project managers, Basic computer skills
planners, electrical equipment service personnel
Information
Course goals Course duration: 5 days
–– Independent execution of operating functions Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Independently developing, implementing, testing, optimising and Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
documenting simple movement programs Dates: Subject to agreement
Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Contents Price: 2,050 EUR / participant
–– Occupational health and safety
–– Structure and function of the robot system, dialogue concept of Contact
FlexPendant / RobotStudio Claudia Hillebrand
–– RAPID program structure Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Types of movement in manual and automatic operation Daniela Kehrer
–– Writing simple movement programs Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Monitoring input and output signals Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Testing measuring system roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Measuring tool and work object
–– Loading and saving modules and programs and system parameters Overview of training plan
–– Error messages and status report 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
–– Backup 2. IRC5 PS-A: Plant operation
–– Performing handling tasks 3. Application engineering courses as required
–– Programming robot movements and controlling the gripper 4. Special programming as required
5. RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 9 of 274  






1.2.01_IRC5 PG1: YuMi

Plant managers

IRC5 PG1-YuMi: Programming basics 1 – YuMi


Target Group Prerequisites
Programmers, startup engineers, plant managers, project managers, Basic computer skills
planners, electrical equipment service personnel, exclusively for those who
use the YuMi robot system. An alternative method to achieve the same result Information
would be to take part in the standard course IRC5 PG1, followed by the Course duration: 5 days
extension course IRC5 PS-YuMi Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Course goals Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Independent execution of YuMi operating functions Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Independently developing, implementing, testing, optimising and Price: 2,150 EUR / participant
the documentation of simple movement programs
Contact
Contents Claudia Hillebrand
–– Occupational health and safety Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Structure and function of the robot system, dialogue concept of Daniela Kehrer
FlexPendant, RobotStudio, RobotStudio App Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– RAPID program structure Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Types of movement in manual and automatic operation roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Writing simple movement programs
–– Monitoring input and output signals Overview of training plan
–– Testing measuring system 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
–– Measuring tool and work object 2. IRC5 PS-A: Plant operation
–– Loading and saving modules and programs and system parameters 3. Application engineering courses as required
–– Error messages and status reports 4. Special programming as required
–– Backup 5. RobotStudio
–– Using the YuMi App to program Pick and Place tasks 6. Safety
–– Use of MultiMove for synchronized movement 7. Individual refresher course / advanced course
–– Introduction to the IntegratedVision application for object recognition

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 10 of 274  






1.2.011_IRC5 Umsteiger: S4C+ Upgrade

Plant managers

IRC5 Upgrade Workshop: S4C+ Upgrade


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, startup engineers, plant managers, project managers, –– Basic programming courses S4C / S4C+ PG1,
planners, electrical equipment service personnel as well as the knowledge acquired therein.
– – Basic computer skills
Course goals
–– Refresher course and transfer to IRC5 Information
–– Independent execution of operating functions Course duration: 3.5 days
–– Independently developing, implementing, testing, optimising and Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
documenting simple movement programs Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Dates: Subject to agreement
Contents Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Occupational health and safety Price: 1,800 EUR / participant
–– Structure and function of the robot system, dialogue concept of
FlexPendant / RobotStudio Contact
–– RAPID program structure Claudia Hillebrand
–– Types of movement in manual and automatic operation Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Writing simple movement programs Daniela Kehrer
–– Monitoring input and output signals Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Testing measuring system Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Measuring tool and work object roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Loading and saving modules and programs and system parameters
–– Error messages and status report Overview of training plan
–– Backup 1. IRC5 Upgrade Workshop: S4C+ Upgrade
–– Performing handling tasks 2. IRC5 PS-A: Plant operation
–– Programming robot movements and controlling the gripper 3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 11 of 274  






1.2.02_IRC5 PS-A: Anlagenführung

Plant managers

IRC5 PS-A: Plant operation


Target group Prerequisites
Plant managers who configure, adapt or optimize programmes in existing –– Participation in the PG1 basic course for the respective
systems control generation
–– Advanced computer skills
Course goals –– If possible, bring your own computer and your own
–– Understand programme execution, functionality and RAPID solution system backup
–– Measure cycle time and motion as well as optimize I/O monitoring
–– Configure the system in RobotStudio in order to conduct offline tests and Information
optimisation Course duration: 4 days
Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
Contents Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Occupational health and safety Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Backup Price: 2,300 EUR / participant
–– RobotStudio used with own applications
–– Increasing programming knowledge (RAPID declaration) Contact
–– Functional monitoring: robots and coordinate systems Claudia Hillebrand
–– Basics of motion optimisation: measure cycle time, ergonomic movement Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
type and setting Daniela Kehrer
–– Motion and I/O control: Save cycle time with triggering Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Configurations: examples of parameter adjustments Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Programme structure: modularity, local declarations, model management roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-A: Plant operation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 12 of 274  






1.2.03_IRC5 APT-F: Fräsen

Plant managers

IRC5 APT-F: Milling


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, plant managers –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
–– Basic computer skills
Course goals
–– Changing and / or optimising the application Information
Course duration: 2 days
Contents Number of participants: 3 persons
–– Occupational health and safety in dealing with the application Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Training on a milling station Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Producing your own data relevant to the milling process Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Writing and testing application program Price: 1,400 EUR / participant
–– Adjusting and improving milling processes
Contact
Claudia Hillebrand
Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
Daniela Kehrer
Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-A: Plant operation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 13 of 274  






1.2.05_IRC5 APT-KS-IDFP: Kleben Sealing – Integriertes Prozesssystem

Plant managers

APT-IDFPS-B: Sealing Basics


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, plant managers, project managers, planners, –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
start-up engineers, electrical equipment service personnel –– Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Using the IDFP system and controlling the functions Course duration: 4 days
–– Making the necessary calibrations after exchanging components or when Number of participants: 4 persons
using new application media Maximum: 4 persons per training robot
–– Independently developing, implementing, testing, optimising and Dates: Subject to agreement
documenting simple application programs Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Making changes/optimisations to the application Price: 2,400 EUR / participant

Contents Contact
–– Occupational health and safety in dealing with the application Claudia Hillebrand
–– Getting to know the functioning of the application Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
“Integrated Dispensing Function Pac” Daniela Kehrer
–– Getting to know and applying application related data types, instructions Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
and software commands Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Programming adhesive seams roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Evaluating and optimising seam results
–– Architecture of the “IntegratedProzessSystem” Overview of training plan
–– Getting to know and using software programs that support the application 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
(RobView, terminal program, FTP programs) 2. IRC5 PS-A: Plant operation
–– Backup and diagnosis 3. Application engineering courses as required
–– Restoring defective systems 4. Special programming as required
–– Performing an IPS software update 5. RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 14 of 274  






1.2.06_IRC5 APT-P: Punktschweißen

Plant managers

IRC5 APT-P: Spot welding


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, start-up engineers, plant managers, application engineers –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
–– Basic computer skills
Course goals
–– This application gives you the skills you need to safely move the IRB with Information
integrated spot welding tongs Course duration: 2 days
–– Setting up spot welding tongs on the IRB Number of participants: 3 persons
–– Teaching basic skills on the structure and process in a spot welding plant Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Recognising and optimising problematic processes Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Changing and / or optimising the application Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Price: 1,400 EUR / participant
Contents
–– Occupational health and safety in dealing with the application Contact
–– Mechanical and electrical structure of the application Claudia Hillebrand
–– Teaching the application software SpotWare Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Connecting the welding controls to the controls of the robot system Daniela Kehrer
–– Getting to know and applying application related instructions and software Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
commands Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Getting to know and applying application related data types roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Adjusting application related system parameters
–– Tong measurement Overview of training plan
–– Writing and testing application program 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-A: Plant operation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 15 of 274  






1.2.07_IRC5 APT-RB: Rollbördeln

Plant managers

IRC5 APT-RB: Roller beading


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, start-up engineers, plant managers, application engineers –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
–– Basic computer skills
Course goals
–– This application gives you the skills you need to safely move the IRB with Information
integrated roller beading tool Course duration: 3 days
–– Setting up a roll beading tool on the IRB Number of participants: 3 persons
–– Teaching basic skills on the structure and process in a roll beading Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
application Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Recognising and optimising problematic processes Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Changing and / or optimising the application Price: 1,900 EUR / participant

Contents Contact
–– Occupational health and safety in dealing with the application Claudia Hillebrand
–– Mechanical and electrical structure of the application Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– How the system works Daniela Kehrer
–– Adjusting application related system parameters Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Getting to know and applying application related instructions and software Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
commands roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Discussing RH system modules
–– Performing RH calibration Overview of training plan
–– Writing and testing application program 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-A: Plant operation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 16 of 274  






1.2.08_IRC5 APT-S1: Schutzgasschweißen 1

Plant managers

IRC5 APT-S1: Shielded arc welding 1


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, start-up engineers, plant managers, application engineers –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
–– Basic computer skills
Course goals
–– Making changes to the application Information
–– Making weld seams Course duration: 3 days
Number of participants: 3 persons
Contents Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Occupational health and safety in dealing with the application Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Teaching the application software ArcWare Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Using the ABB-Production-Manager Price: 1,900 EUR / participant
–– Getting to know and applying application related instructions and software
commands Contact
–– Programming weld seams with predefined welding data Claudia Hillebrand
–– Correcting weld seams Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
Daniela Kehrer
Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-A: Plant operation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 17 of 274  






1.2.09_IRC5 APT-S2: Schutzgasschweißen 2

Plant managers

IRC5 APT-S2: Shielded arc welding 2


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, start-up engineers, plant managers, application engineers –– Participation in the application course on Inert gas
welding 1
Course goals –– Arc welding skills
–– The independent programming of a welding plant –– Basic computer skills
–– Making changes/optimisations to the application
Information
Contents Course duration: 5 days
–– Occupational health and safety in dealing with the application Number of participants: 3 persons
–– Safety with robot welding plants Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Occupational health and safety of inert gas welding Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Adjusting application related system parameters Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Systematic structure of a welding program with observation of the Price: 2,600 EUR / participant
programming guidelines
–– Definition of seam, pendulum and welding data Contact
–– Programming weld seams Claudia Hillebrand
–– Programming with external axes Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Troubleshooting the welding program Daniela Kehrer
–– Error diagnostics in the welding program Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Automatic TCP measurement and monitoring Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Basics of the different types of arcs roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Welding with different material strengths
–– Documenting the welding routines Overview of training plan
1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-A: Plant operation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 18 of 274  






1.2.10_IRC5 PS-C: Conveyor Tracking

Plant managers

IRC5 PS-C: Conveyor tracking


Target group Prerequisites
Project managers, programmers, planners, start-up engineers, electrical –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
equipment service personnel –– Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Connecting material handling technology to the robot system Course duration: 3 days
–– The programming of manufacturing processes with material handling Number of participants: 3 persons
synchronisation Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Individual course goals can be agreed together with the participants Dates: Subject to agreement
Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Contents Price: 1,900 EUR / participant
–– Occupational health and safety
–– Installation of the additional hardware components such as encoder Contact
module, encoder and start signal system Claudia Hillebrand
–– Determining the corresponding parameters Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Functional testing Daniela Kehrer
–– Programming the material handling synchronisation Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-A: Plant operation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 19 of 274  






Plant managers

IRC5 PS-EE: Energy Efficiency


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, plant managers, project managers, planners, start-up –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
engineers, electrical equipment service personnel –– Advanced computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Utilisation of the energy saving features incorporated in RobotStudio Course duration: 2.5 days
–– Reducing energy consumption and wear Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Achieve gains in productivity Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Dates: Subject to agreement
Contents Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Occupational health and safety Price: 1,600 EUR / participant
–– Monitoring energy, temperature and performance at the robot
as well as in the virtual system Contact
–– Data analysis and processing Claudia Hillebrand
–– Motion optimisation: paths, velocities, acceleration Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Analysis of waiting time in a program Daniela Kehrer
–– Energy related RAPID-commands and system parameters Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-A: Plant operation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 20 of 274  






1.2.12_IRC5 PS-HPR: HomePosRunning

Plant managers

IRC5 PS-HPR: HomePosRunning


Target group Prerequisites
Planners, start-up engineers, programmers –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
–– Basic computer skills
Course goals
–– Understanding and setting up the HomePosRunning option Information
–– Definition and secure storage of the machined parts with the Course duration: 3 days
HomePosRunning functionality Number of participants: 4 persons
Maximum: 4 persons per training robot
Contents Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Occupational health and safety Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Producing a system with the HomePosRunning option Price: 1,900 EUR / participant
–– Functionality and operation of HomePosRunning
–– Writing a program whilst taking into account the HomePosRunning Contact
functionality Claudia Hillebrand
–– Getting to know and applying application relating instructions and Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
functions Daniela Kehrer
–– Final functional testing Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-A: Plant operation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 21 of 274  






1.2.13_IRC5 PS-FCM: Force Control for Machining

Plant managers

IRC5 PS-FCM: Force Control for Machining


Target group Prerequisites
Planners, start-up engineers, programmers –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
–– Basic computer skills
Course goals
–– Understanding and setting up the Force Control for Machining option Information
–– Getting to know the functionality of the force-controlled process regulation Course duration: 4 days
on the machined part Number of participants: 4 persons
–– This course provides an important basis. For the implementation of own Maximum: 4 persons per training robot
projects, an extensive deeper knowledge is required, accompanied by Dates: Subject to agreement
specific process expert coaching or self-study. Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Price: 2,400 EUR / participant
Contents
–– Occupational health and safety Contact
–– Producing a system with the Force Control for Machining option with the Claudia Hillebrand
help of the Graphical User Interface (GUI) Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Getting to know and using the graphical user interface Daniela Kehrer
–– Aligning the machined part with the force-controlled process regulation Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Getting to know and applying application relating instructions and Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
functions roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Programming the application processes – force-controlled process and
speed-controlled process Overview of training plan
–– Assembly basics 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-A: Plant operation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 22 of 274  






Plant managers

IRC5 PS-MIG: Migration


Target group Prerequisites
Start-up engineers, programmers, service personnel –– Basic course IRC5 PG1
–– Advanced computer skills
Course goals –– Administrator rights for installing programs
–– In the course Migration, the procedure for the migration of a production
system from S4C+ to IRC5 is carried out using the relevant equipment Information
–– Participants make use of RobotStudio to a large extent Course duration: 3 days
–– Installation of RobotStudio on own PC Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Contents Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Occupational Safety Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Data backup (manual) Price: 1,900 EUR / participant
–– System building in RobotStudio
–– Comparison of old and new parameter structure Contact
–– Preparation of data for porting Claudia Hillebrand
–– Hints for the selection of new mechanics Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Testing and optimizing new equipment Daniela Kehrer
Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-A: Plant operation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 23 of 274  






Plant managers

IRC5 PS-RWMT: RobotWare Machine Tending


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, startup engineers, plant managers, –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
Electrical equipment service personnel, –– Knowledge of working with RobotStudio
employees of companies with material handling robots –– Advanced computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Integration of RobotWare Machine Tending in an Course duration: 5 days
automated material handling system Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Contents Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Configuration of the User-Interface Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Homepos Running Price: 2,600 EUR / participant
–– Knowledge of datatypes, instructions / functions
–– Programming guidelines Contact
–– Event handling Claudia Hillebrand
–– Operation and remote control with signal interface Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– RobotWare Machine Tending Powerpack Daniela Kehrer
Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-A: Plant operation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 24 of 274  






1.2.15_IRC5 PS-S: SafeMove

Plant managers

IRC5 PS-S+EPS: SafeMove and EPS


Target group Prerequisites
Planners, start-up engineers, programmers, electrical equipment service –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
personnel –– Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Mechanical / Electrical integration of the SafeMove card Course duration: 4 days
–– Creating the system prerequisites for the operation of SafeMove Number of participants: 6 persons
–– Configuration of the SafeMove card Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Dates: Subject to agreement
Contents Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Occupational health and safety Price: 2,400 EUR / participant
–– Mechanical installation and electrical integration of the SafeMove card
–– Connecting an initiator Contact
–– Producing a system with the SafeMove option Claudia Hillebrand
–– Creating a security user Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Configuration of the SafeMove application Daniela Kehrer
–– Help routines for supporting SafeMove Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Using the TestSignalViewer to integrate external axes Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Testing and documentation of the SafeMove configuration roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Final functional testing
Overview of training plan
1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-A: Plant operation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 25 of 274  






1.2.16_IRC5 PS-M: Multitasking

Plant managers

IRC5 PS-M: Multitasking


Target group Prerequisites
Project managers, planners, start-up engineers, electrical equipment service –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
personnel –– Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Getting to know and programming the functionality of controls when Course duration: 4 days
applying the option of Multitasking Number of participants: 3 persons
Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Contents Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Occupational health and safety Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Functioning of the controls in Multitasking Price: 2,400 EUR / participant
–– Storage structure and structure of system parameters
–– Programming and integrating background tasks Contact
–– Synchronisation of a foreground and background task Claudia Hillebrand
–– Using joint data elements Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Using interrupt programming Daniela Kehrer
–– Sequence chains and dispatcher programming Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Creating a background task with different priorities Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Proposed solutions roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-A: Plant operation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 26 of 274  






1.2.17_IRC5 PS-MMV: MultiMove – Konfigurieren

Plant managers

IRC5 PS-MMV: MultiMove


Target group Prerequisites
Start-up engineers, programmers, plant manager, electrical equipment service –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
personnel, project managers, planners –– Advanced computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Understanding MultiMove Course duration: 5 days
–– Commissioning and programming MultiMove systems Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Measuring and monitoring the associated coordinate systems Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Writing movement programs (independent, synchronous, coordinated) Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Mastering Special MMV declarations and instructions Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Price: 2,600 EUR / participant
Contents Notes: Exercises on robots are performed on the systems and
–– Occupational health and safety types of robots that are available at the Training Center for Robots
–– Structure of the hardware
–– Creating a system with MultiMove Contact
–– Calibration of monitoring systems Claudia Hillebrand
–– Getting to know measurement methods for tool / work object and basic Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
coordinates (Applying measurement routines) Daniela Kehrer
–– Testing the coordination of movement Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– System parameters and backup Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Loading, editing, starting up and saving tasks roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Programming of independent, synchronized and coordinated movements
–– Controlling movement tasks with additional management tasks Overview of training plan
1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-A: Plant operation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 27 of 274  






1.2.19_IRC5 PS-PM: PickMaster 3

Plant managers

IRC5 PS-PM: PickMaster 3 basics


Target group Prerequisites
Planners, start-up engineers, programmers, project managers –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
–– Basic computer skills
Course goals
–– Carrying out the electrical and mechanical commissioning of the robot Information
system Course duration: 5 days
–– Knowing the basic functions of PickMaster Number of participants: 3 persons per company
–– Connecting material handling technology to the robot system Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– This course provides an important basis. For the implementation of own Dates: Subject to agreement
projects, an extensive deeper knowledge is required, accompanied by Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
specific process expert coaching or self-study. Price: 2,600 EUR / participant

Contents Contact
–– Occupational health and safety Claudia Hillebrand
–– System structure Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Installation of the PickMaster software Daniela Kehrer
–– Structure and wiring of a PickMaster system Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Structure of the robot programs Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Defining lines and projects roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Calibrating the camera
–– Calibrating material handling technology Overview of training plan
–– PLC connection 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
–– Backing up the whole system 2. IRC5 PS-A: Plant operation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 28 of 274  






1.2.21_IRC5 PS-XP: Externe Achsen Programmieren

Plant managers

IRC5 PS-X1: Programming external axes


Target group Prerequisites
Planners, project managers, start-up engineers, programmers, electrical –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
equipment service personnel –– Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Getting to know the control functions Course duration: 6 days
–– Using external axes in the robot system Number of participants: 3 persons
–– Moving the robot or the work object using coordinated external axes Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Dates: Subject to agreement
Contents Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Occupational health and safety Price: 1,900 EUR / participant
–– Programming with an axis that rotates a device
–– Programming uncoordinated linear and rotating axes Contact
–– Programming coordinated linear and rotating axes Claudia Hillebrand
–– Programming dependent axes Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Programming independent axes Daniela Kehrer
–– Programming a robot on a process axis Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Measuring coordinate systems and moved work objects Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-A: Plant operation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 29 of 274  






1.2.22_IRC5 PS-X: Externe Achsen Programmieren und Konfigurieren

Plant managers

IRC5 PS-X2: Configuring external axes


Target group Prerequisites
Planners, project managers, start-up engineers, programmers, electrical –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
equipment service personnel –– Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Getting to know the control functions Course duration: 3 days
–– Commissioning an external axis Number of participants: 3 persons
–– Using external axes in the robot system Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Moving the robot or the work object using coordinated external axes Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Functioning of all components and error diagnostics Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Individual course goals can be agreed together with the participants Price: 1,900 EUR / participant

Contents Contact
–– Occupational health and safety Claudia Hillebrand
–– Circuit diagrams, connection variants Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Booting for external axes Daniela Kehrer
–– Rectifiers, driver stages, motor units for external axes Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Carrying out configurations and system parameters based on defined Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
specifications roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Fine-tuning the server control by recording its regular behaviour
–– Special features such as external transmissions, IndependentMove Overview of training plan
–– Programming with an axis that rotates a device 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
–– Programming uncoordinated linear and rotating axes 2. IRC5 PS-A: Plant operation
–– Programming coordinated linear and rotating axes 3. Application engineering courses as required
–– Programming dependent axes 4. Special programming as required
–– Programming independent axes 5. RobotStudio
–– Programming a robot on a process axis 6. Safety
–– Measuring coordinate systems and moved work objects 7. Individual refresher course / advanced course
–– Activating and deactivating external axes

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 30 of 274  






Plant managers

IRC5 PS-X3: Trimming external axes


Target group Prerequisites
Start-up engineers, programmers, electrical equipment service personnel –– IRC5 PS-X2: Configuring external axes
–– Electrical expertise
Course goals –– Advanced computer skills
–– Control intervention and getting to know additional axes
–– Optimized control Information
–– Evaluation of the quality of control in relation to the automation task Course duration: 2.5 days
Number of participants: 3 persons
Contents Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Occupational health and safety Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Fine-tuning servo control by recording the control response Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Utilizing TuneMaster Price: 1,600 EUR / participant
–– Displaying and recording control signals
Contact
Claudia Hillebrand
Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
Daniela Kehrer
Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-A: Plant operation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 31 of 274  






Plant managers

IRC5 PS-YuMi
Target Group Prerequisites
Programmers, startup engineers, plant managers, project managers, planners –– IRC5 PG1
and electrical equipment service personnel with experience of IRC5 who want –– Basic computer skills
to use the YuMi robot system.
Information
Course goals Course duration: 3 days
–– Independent execution of YuMi operating functions Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Independently developing, implementing, testing, optimizing and Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
the documentation of simple movement programs Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Basic knowledge of IRC5 is a prerequisite Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Price: 1,900 EUR / participant
Contents
–– Occupational health and safety Contact
–– Using the YuMi App to program Pick and Place tasks Claudia Hillebrand
–– Use of MultiMove for synchronized movement Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Introduction to the IntegratedVision application for object recognition Daniela Kehrer
Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-A: Plant operation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 32 of 274  






Plant managers

IRC5 PS-ProfiNet
Target group Prerequisites
Start-up engineers, service personnel, programmers –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
–– Knowledge concerning Siemens STEP7
Course goals
–– Logging I/O Unit onto ProfiNet Bus System via IRC5 serial interface Information
–– Configuration of the serial interface Course duration: 3 days
–– Dealing with faults Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Contents Dates: Subject to agreement
–– ProfiNet Basics Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Creating ProfiNet Topology Price: 1,900 EUR / participant
–– Configuration of the serial interface
–– Creating and managing a new project Contact
(saving, compiling, loading, testing and archiving) Claudia Hillebrand
–– Analysing and rectifying faults Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Component replacement Daniela Kehrer
Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-A: Plant operation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 33 of 274  






1.2.25_IRC5 RobotStudio

Plant managers

IRC5 PS-RS-Online: RobotStudio Online


Target Group Prerequisites
Startup engineers, plant managers, maintenance and service personnel –– Basic course PG1 of the respective controller generation
–– Basic computer skills
Course goals
–– Use RobotStudio in practice with the robot controller Information
–– This course does not cover CAD programming in RobotStudio Course duration: 3 days
Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
Contents Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Creation and modification of systems, as well as booting systems Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Networking, design and online communication with RobotStudio Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Creating so-called “relationships” between the robot controller and virtual Price: 1,800 EUR / participant
systems (transmission and comparison of data elements)
–– I/O configuration Contact
–– Creation of virtual duplicates, program editor Claudia Hillebrand
–– Online tools, “Job” creation Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Online signal analysis Daniela Kehrer
Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-A: Plant operation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 34 of 274  






Plant managers

IRC5 PS-RS1: RobotStudio 1


Target Group Prerequisites
–– Planners, startup engineers, programmers, plant managers and project –– Basic course PG1 of the respective controller generation
managers –– Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Visualising and creating complex tasks for robot control systems using Course duration: 5 days
the RobotStudio offline tool Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Programming without direct intervention in the robot (offline) Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Dates: Subject to agreement
Contents Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Occupational health and safety Price: 2,150 EUR / participant
–– Installation and licensing issues
–– Work surface functions Contact
–– Data management and project related structures in RobotStudio Claudia Hillebrand
–– Integration of geometric data, CAD data formats Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Possibilities for creation of systems and units Daniela Kehrer
–– Design of the robot work environment in RobotStudio Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Creation and editing graphic components Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Base frame systems in RobotStudio roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Creation and measurement of tools and work objects
–– Bringing movement to graphic objects Overview of training plan
–– Creating positions and paths 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
–– Check accessibility of positions 2. IRC5 PS-A: Plant operation
–– Automatic path generation on curved bodies 3. Application engineering courses as required
–– Synchronizing data between the unit and the virtual system 4. Special programming as required
–– Integration of the program editor 5. RobotStudio
–– Possibilities for simulation, cycle times, collision check and signal analysis 6. Safety
–– Recording applications 7. Individual refresher course / advanced course
–– Incorporating external axes
–– Programming a MultiMove station
–– Replication and practical testing on a robot training unit

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 35 of 274  






Plant managers

IRC5 PS-RS2: RobotStudio 2


Target Group Prerequisites
Offline programmers, simulation and construction engineers, –– IRC5 PS-RS1: RobotStudio 1
startup engineers, planners –– Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Implementation of simulation tasks for new systems with Course duration: 5 days
SmartComponents Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Carry out cycle time investigations Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Optimization and modification of existing systems with RobotStudio Dates: Subject to agreement
Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Contents Price: 2,200 EUR / participant
–– Features relating to the integration of existing programs into RobotStudio
–– Visualization of SafeMove zones Contact
–– SmartComponents Claudia Hillebrand
–– System design with material flow and logic components Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– I/O configuration in simulation and control Daniela Kehrer
–– Bringing movement to graphic objects Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Screenmaker, for customizing teach pendant screens Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-A: Plant operation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 36 of 274  






Plant managers

IRC5 PS-RS-AWPP: RS ArcWelding PowerPac


Target group Prerequisites
Planners, start-up engineers, programmers, project managers –– IRC5 APT-S1 Inert gas welding
–– IRC5 PS-RS RobotStudio
Course goals –– Please supply your own PC with admin rights
–– Offline programming of arc welding programs using RobotStudio
–– Taking into account collision detection and arm configuration Information
–– Program / process optimization Course duration: 3 days
–– Implementation on actual welding equipment Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
Dates: Subject to agreement
Contents Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Building an ArcWelding PowerPac Price: 1,900 EUR / participant
–– Interacting with an AW-PP interface
–– Importing geometry Contact
–– Library function Claudia Hillebrand
–– Creation of robot positions relative to geometry Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Create a welding system Daniela Kehrer
–– Programming welding seams offline Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Create welding parameter templates Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Synchronizing sequences with a virtual machine, roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
thus creating a Rapid structure
–– Loading the program into a real welding cell and correcting positions Overview of training plan
1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-A: Plant operation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 37 of 274  






1.2.24_IRC5 MachineSafety

Plant managers

IRC5 Machine Safety


Target group Prerequisites
Plant managers, maintenance personnel, safety officials, designers, planners Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


Insight into Machine Safety requirements of robotic workstations Course duration: 4 days
Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
Contents Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Overview and classification Dates: Subject to agreement
–– In context: Machinery Directives 2006/42/EC – Product Safety Act Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Insight into: Machinery Directives 2006/42/EC, 1st Appendix Price: 2,400 EUR / participant
a) Basic health and safety requirements
b) Explanation: Machinery – incomplete machinery Contact
c) EC – Declaration of Conformity – Installation Instructions Claudia Hillebrand
d) Commissioning and start-up of a machine Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
e) Applying directives and harmonized standards Daniela Kehrer
f) Approach to risk assessment Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
g) Risk appraisal Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
h) Risk evaluation roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Case Study: Robot safety of the latest generation
Overview of training plan
1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-A: Plant operation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 38 of 274  






Plant managers

IRC5 PS-S-Adm: SafeMove Administrator


Target group Prerequisites
–– Programmers, startup engineers, plant managers and service personnel, IRC5 PS-S Safe Move and IRC5 Machine Safety
responsible for programming with SafeMove
Information
Course goals Course duration: 3 days
–– Testing and acceptance of SafeMove programming Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Access concept and documentation Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Dates: Subject to agreement
Contents Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Occupational health and safety Price: 1,400 EUR / participant
–– Over-run principle
–– Simulation in RobotStudio Contact
–– Testing on a robot Claudia Hillebrand
–– Managing access rights Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Documentation of the complete safety concept Daniela Kehrer
–– Final examination for all courses of the training series: Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
(IRC5 PG1, IRC5 PS-S, IRC5 MS, IRC5 PS-S-Adm) Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Presentation of certificates and permits roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-A: Plant operation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 39 of 274  






1.3.00_Ausbildungsplan Programmierer

Overview of courses

Industrial robot IRC5 Individual refresher


course / advanced course
Programmer training plan
Training plan blocks are linked to the associated course descriptions. IRC5 PG3:
Click on “Overview of training plan” to go back. Programming basics 3

IRC5 PG2:
Programming basics 2

Safety

RobotStudio

Special programming as
required

Application engineering
courses as required

IRC5 PG1: IRC5 Upgrade Workshop: IRC5 Upgrade Workshop:


IRC5 PG1-YuMi
Programming basics 1 S4C+ Upgrade Robot specialists

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 40 of 274  






1.3.01_IRC5 PG1: Programmiergrundlagen 1

Programmers

IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, startup engineers, plant managers, project managers, Basic computer skills
planners, electrical equipment service personnel
Information
Course goals Course duration: 5 days
–– Independent execution of operating functions Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Independently developing, implementing, testing, optimising and Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
documenting simple movement programs Dates: Subject to agreement
Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Contents Price: 2,050 EUR / participant
–– Occupational health and safety
–– Structure and function of the robot system, dialogue concept of Contact
FlexPendant / RobotStudio Claudia Hillebrand
–– RAPID program structure Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Types of movement in manual and automatic operation Daniela Kehrer
–– Writing simple movement programs Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Monitoring input and output signals Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Testing measuring system roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Measuring tool and work object
–– Loading and saving modules and programs and system parameters Overview of training plan
–– Error messages and status report 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
–– Backup 2. Application engineering courses as required
–– Performing handling tasks 3. Special programming as required
–– Programming robot movements and controlling the gripper 4. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. Safety
6. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
7. IRC5 PG3: Programming basics 3
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 41 of 274  






1.3.01_IRC5 PG1: YuMi

Programmers

IRC5 PG1-YuMi: Programming basics 1 – YuMi


Target Group Prerequisites
Programmers, startup engineers, plant managers, project managers, Basic computer skills
planners, electrical equipment service personnel, exclusively for those who
use the YuMi robot system. An alternative method to achieve the same result Information
would be to take part in the standard course IRC5 PG1, followed by the Course duration: 5 days
extension course IRC5 PS-YuMi Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Course goals Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Independent execution of YuMi operating functions Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Independently developing, implementing, testing, optimising and Price: 2,150 EUR / participant
the documentation of simple movement programs
Contact
Contents Claudia Hillebrand
–– Occupational health and safety Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Structure and function of the robot system, dialogue concept of Daniela Kehrer
FlexPendant, RobotStudio, RobotStudio App Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– RAPID program structure Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Types of movement in manual and automatic operation roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Writing simple movement programs
–– Monitoring input and output signals Overview of training plan
–– Testing measuring system 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
–– Measuring tool and work object 2. Application engineering courses as required
–– Loading and saving modules and programs and system parameters 3. Special programming as required
–– Error messages and status reports 4. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
–– Backup 5. Safety
–– Using the YuMi App to program Pick and Place tasks 6. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
–– Use of MultiMove for synchronized movement 7. IRC5 PG3: Programming basics 3
–– Introduction to the IntegratedVision application for object recognition 8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 42 of 274  






1.3.011_IRC5 Umsteiger: S4C+ Upgrade

Programmers

IRC5 Upgrade Workshop: S4C+ Upgrade


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, startup engineers, plant managers, project managers, –– Basic programming courses S4C / S4C+ PG1,
planners, electrical equipment service personnel as well as the knowledge acquired therein.
– – Basic computer skills
Course goals
–– Refresher course and transfer to IRC5 Information
–– Independent execution of operating functions Course duration: 3.5 days
–– Independently developing, implementing, testing, optimising and Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
documenting simple movement programs Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Dates: Subject to agreement
Contents Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Occupational health and safety Price: 1,800 EUR / participant
–– Structure and function of the robot system, dialogue concept of
FlexPendant / RobotStudio Contact
–– RAPID program structure Claudia Hillebrand
–– Types of movement in manual and automatic operation Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Writing simple movement programs Daniela Kehrer
–– Monitoring input and output signals Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Testing measuring system Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Measuring tool and work object roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Loading and saving modules and programs and system parameters
–– Error messages and status report Overview of training plan
–– Backup 1. IRC5 Upgrade Workshop: S4C+ Upgrade
–– Performing handling tasks 2. Application engineering courses as required
–– Programming robot movements and controlling the gripper 3. Special programming as required
4. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. Safety
6. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
7. IRC5 PG3: Programming basics 3
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 43 of 274  






1.3.012_IRC5 Umsteiger: Workshop Roboterfachleute

Programmers

IRC5 Upgrade Workshop: Robot specialists


Target group Prerequisites
–– Robot specialists –– Robot controller expert
–– Several years of experience in robotic installation,
Course goals commissioning and programming
–– Advanced programming skills –– Sound computer skills
–– Gaining the prerequisites to attend IRC5 PG3
Information
Contents Course duration: 5 days
–– Occupational health and safety Number of participants: 3 – 4 persons
–– Main topics from basic courses IRC5 PG1 and PG2 Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Prioritization of topics at the start of training Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Perform contents individually Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Consideration and deeper examination of know issues in-and-around IRC5 Price: 2,500 EUR / participant

Contact
Claudia Hillebrand
Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
Daniela Kehrer
Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 Upgrade Workshop: Robot specialists
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. Safety
6. IRC5 PG3: Programming basics 3
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 44 of 274  






1.3.02_IRC5 APT-F: Fräsen

Programmers

IRC5 APT-F: Milling


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, plant managers –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
–– Basic computer skills
Course goals
–– Changing and / or optimising the application Information
Course duration: 2 days
Contents Number of participants: 3 persons
–– Occupational health and safety in dealing with the application Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Training on a milling station Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Producing your own data relevant to the milling process Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Writing and testing application program Price: 1,400 EUR / participant
–– Adjusting and improving milling processes
Contact
Claudia Hillebrand
Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
Daniela Kehrer
Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. Safety
6. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
7. IRC5 PG3: Programming basics 3
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 45 of 274  






1.3.04_IRC5 APT-KS-IPS: Kleben Sealing – Integriertes Prozesssystem

Programmers

APT-IDFPS-B: Sealing Basics


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, plant managers, project managers, planners, –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
start-up engineers, electrical equipment service personnel –– Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Using the IDFP system and controlling the functions Course duration: 4 days
–– Making the necessary calibrations after exchanging components or when Number of participants: 4 persons
using new application media Maximum: 4 persons per training robot
–– Independently developing, implementing, testing, optimising and Dates: Subject to agreement
documenting simple application programs Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Making changes/optimisations to the application Price: 2,400 EUR / participant

Contents Contact
–– Occupational health and safety in dealing with the application Claudia Hillebrand
–– Getting to know the functioning of the application Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
“Integrated Dispensing Function Pac” Daniela Kehrer
–– Getting to know and applying application related data types, instructions Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
and software commands Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Programming adhesive seams roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Evaluating and optimising seam results
–– Architecture of the “IntegratedProzessSystem” Overview of training plan
–– Getting to know and using software programs that support the application 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
(RobView, terminal program, FTP programs) 2. Application engineering courses as required
–– Backup and diagnosis 3. Special programming as required
–– Restoring defective systems 4. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
–– Performing an IPS software update 5. Safety
6. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
7. IRC5 PG3: Programming basics 3
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 46 of 274  






1.3.05_IRC5 APT-P: Punktschweißen

Programmers

IRC5 APT-P: Spot welding


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, start-up engineers, plant managers, application engineers –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
–– Basic computer skills
Course goals
–– This application gives you the skills you need to safely move the IRB with Information
integrated spot welding tongs Course duration: 2 days
–– Setting up spot welding tongs on the IRB Number of participants: 3 persons
–– Teaching basic skills on the structure and process in a spot welding plant Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Recognising and optimising problematic processes Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Changing and / or optimising the application Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Price: 1,400 EUR / participant
Contents
–– Occupational health and safety in dealing with the application Contact
–– Mechanical and electrical structure of the application Claudia Hillebrand
–– Teaching the application software SpotWare Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Connecting the welding controls to the controls of the robot system Daniela Kehrer
–– Getting to know and applying application related instructions and software Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
commands Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Getting to know and applying application related data types roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Adjusting application related system parameters
–– Tong measurement Overview of training plan
–– Writing and testing application program 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. Safety
6. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
7. IRC5 PG3: Programming basics 3
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 47 of 274  






1.3.06_IRC5 APT-RB: Rollbördeln

Programmers

IRC5 APT-RB: Roller beading


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, start-up engineers, plant managers, application engineers –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
–– Basic computer skills
Course goals
–– This application gives you the skills you need to safely move the IRB with Information
integrated roller beading tool Course duration: 3 days
–– Setting up a roll beading tool on the IRB Number of participants: 3 persons
–– Teaching basic skills on the structure and process in a roll beading Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
application Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Recognising and optimising problematic processes Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Changing and / or optimising the application Price: 1,900 EUR / participant

Contents Contact
–– Occupational health and safety in dealing with the application Claudia Hillebrand
–– Mechanical and electrical structure of the application Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– How the system works Daniela Kehrer
–– Adjusting application related system parameters Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Getting to know and applying application related instructions and software Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
commands roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Discussing RH system modules
–– Performing RH calibration Overview of training plan
–– Writing and testing application program 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. Safety
6. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
7. IRC5 PG3: Programming basics 3
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 48 of 274  






1.3.07_IRC5 APT-S1: Schutzgasschweißen 1

Programmers

IRC5 APT-S1: Shielded arc welding 1


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, start-up engineers, plant managers, application engineers –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
–– Basic computer skills
Course goals
–– Making changes to the application Information
–– Making weld seams Course duration: 3 days
Number of participants: 3 persons
Contents Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Occupational health and safety in dealing with the application Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Teaching the application software ArcWare Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Using the ABB-Production-Manager Price: 1,900 EUR / participant
–– Getting to know and applying application related instructions and software
commands Contact
–– Programming weld seams with predefined welding data Claudia Hillebrand
–– Correcting weld seams Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
Daniela Kehrer
Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. Safety
6. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
7. IRC5 PG3: Programming basics 3
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 49 of 274  






1.3.08_IRC5 APT-S2: Schutzgasschweißen 2

Programmers

IRC5 APT-S2: Shielded arc welding 2


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, start-up engineers, plant managers, application engineers –– Participation in the application course on Inert gas welding 1
–– Arc welding skills
Course goals –– Basic computer skills
–– The independent programming of a welding plant
–– Making changes/optimisations to the application Information
Course duration: 5 days
Contents Number of participants: 3 persons
–– Occupational health and safety in dealing with the application Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Safety with robot welding plants Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Occupational health and safety of inert gas welding Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Adjusting application related system parameters Price: 2,600 EUR / participant
–– Systematic structure of a welding program with observation of the
programming guidelines Contact
–– Definition of seam, pendulum and welding data Claudia Hillebrand
–– Programming weld seams Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Programming with external axes Daniela Kehrer
–– Troubleshooting the welding program Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Error diagnostics in the welding program Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Automatic TCP measurement and monitoring roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Basics of the different types of arcs
–– Welding with different material strengths Overview of training plan
–– Documenting the welding routines 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. Safety
6. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
7. IRC5 PG3: Programming basics 3
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 50 of 274  






1.3.09_IRC5 PS-C: Conveyor Tracking

Programmers

IRC5 PS-C: Conveyor tracking


Target group Prerequisites
Project managers, programmers, planners, start-up engineers, electrical –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
equipment service personnel –– Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Connecting material handling technology to the robot system Course duration: 3 days
–– The programming of manufacturing processes with material handling Number of participants: 3 persons
synchronisation Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Individual course goals can be agreed together with the participants Dates: Subject to agreement
Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Contents Price: 1,900 EUR / participant
–– Occupational health and safety
–– Installation of the additional hardware components such as encoder Contact
module, encoder and start signal system Claudia Hillebrand
–– Determining the corresponding parameters Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Functional testing Daniela Kehrer
–– Programming the material handling synchronisation Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. Safety
6. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
7. IRC5 PG3: Programming basics 3
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 51 of 274  






Programmers

IRC5 PS-EE: Energy Efficiency


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, plant managers, project managers, planners, start-up –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
engineers, electrical equipment service personnel –– Advanced computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Utilisation of the energy saving features incorporated in RobotStudio Course duration: 2.5 days
–– Reducing energy consumption and wear Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Achieve gains in productivity Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Dates: Subject to agreement
Contents Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Occupational health and safety Price: 1,600 EUR / participant
–– Monitoring energy, temperature and performance at the robot
as well as in the virtual system Contact
–– Data analysis and processing Claudia Hillebrand
–– Motion optimisation: paths, velocities, acceleration Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Analysis of waiting time in a program Daniela Kehrer
–– Energy related RAPID-commands and system parameters Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. Safety
6. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
7. IRC5 PG3: Programming basics 3
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 52 of 274  






1.3.11_IRC5 PS-HPR: HomePosRunning

Programmers

IRC5 PS-HPR: HomePosRunning


Target group Prerequisites
Planners, start-up engineers, programmers –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
–– Basic computer skills
Course goals
–– Understanding and setting up the HomePosRunning option Information
–– Definition and secure storage of the machined parts with the Course duration: 3 days
HomePosRunning functionality Number of participants: 4 persons
Maximum: 4 persons per training robot
Contents Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Occupational health and safety Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Producing a system with the HomePosRunning option Price: 1,900 EUR / participant
–– Functionality and operation of HomePosRunning
–– Writing a program whilst taking into account the HomePosRunning Contact
functionality Claudia Hillebrand
–– Getting to know and applying application relating instructions and Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
functions Daniela Kehrer
–– Final functional testing Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. Safety
6. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
7. IRC5 PG3: Programming basics 3
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 53 of 274  






1.3.12_IRC5 PS-I: Inbetriebnahme

Programmers

IRC5 PS-I: Initiation


Target group Prerequisites
Start-up engineers, programmers –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
–– Advanced computer skills
Course goals –– Please supply your own PC with admin rights
–– For course IRC5 PS-I (Commissioning), tips will be provided for building a –– Electrical expert
new system and the operating system for the controls will be installed
–– The participant will use RobotStudio (online functionality) more Information
–– Topics that are only briefly addressed in the course (e.g. system Course duration: 4 days
parameters) are independently practised by the participants with the help Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
of the documentation Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Installation of the robot software on the participant’s own computer Dates: Subject to agreement
Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Contents Price: 2,400 EUR / participant
–– Occupational health and safety
–– Explaining programming regulations in accordance with ABB standards Contact
–– Programming branches and loops Claudia Hillebrand
–– System parameters: Meaning, change, backup Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Circuit diagrams (security and I / O signals) Daniela Kehrer
–– Producing a system, installation of the control software Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Converting process descriptions into functional solutions Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. Safety
6. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
7. IRC5 PG3: Programming basics 3
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 54 of 274  






Programmers

IRC5 PS-IV: Integrated Vision


Target group Prerequisites
Planners, start-up engineers, programmers, maintenance personnel –– Participation in the course on Programming basics 2 or
the IRC5 Upgrade workshop
Course goals – – Advanced computer skills
Mechanical and electrical integration of camera systems
Information
Contents Course duration: 4 days
–– System Overview Number of participants: 3 persons
–– Installation and Setup Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– RobotStudio and FlexPendant user interface Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Camera configuration and calibration Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Vision tools and RAPID instructions Price: 2,400 EUR / participant
–– Functions and data types
Contact
Claudia Hillebrand
Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
Daniela Kehrer
Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. Safety
6. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
7. IRC5 PG3: Programming basics 3
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 55 of 274  






1.3.13_IRC5 PS-FCM: Force Control for Machining

Programmers

IRC5 PS-FCM: Force Control for Machining


Target group Prerequisites
Planners, start-up engineers, programmers –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
–– Basic computer skills
Course goals
–– Understanding and setting up the Force Control for Machining option Information
–– Getting to know the functionality of the force-controlled process regulation Course duration: 4 days
on the machined part Number of participants: 4 persons
–– This course provides an important basis. For the implementation of own Maximum: 4 persons per training robot
projects, an extensive deeper knowledge is required, accompanied by Dates: Subject to agreement
specific process expert coaching or self-study. Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Price: 2,400 EUR / participant
Contents
–– Occupational health and safety Contact
–– Producing a system with the Force Control for Machining option with the Claudia Hillebrand
help of the Graphical User Interface (GUI) Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Getting to know and using the graphical user interface Daniela Kehrer
–– Aligning the machined part with the force-controlled process regulation Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Getting to know and applying application relating instructions and Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
functions roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Programming the application processes – force-controlled process and
speed-controlled process Overview of training plan
–– Assembly basics 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. Safety
6. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
7. IRC5 PG3: Programming basics 3
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 56 of 274  






Programmers

IRC5 PS-MIG: Migration


Target group Prerequisites
Start-up engineers, programmers, service personnel –– Basic course IRC5 PG1
–– Advanced computer skills
Course goals –– Administrator rights for installing programs
–– In the course Migration, the procedure for the migration of a production
system from S4C+ to IRC5 is carried out using the relevant equipment Information
–– Participants make use of RobotStudio to a large extent Course duration: 3 days
–– Installation of RobotStudio on own PC Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Contents Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Occupational Safety Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Data backup (manual) Price: 1,900 EUR / participant
–– System building in RobotStudio
–– Comparison of old and new parameter structure Contact
–– Preparation of data for porting Claudia Hillebrand
–– Hints for the selection of new mechanics Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Testing and optimizing new equipment Daniela Kehrer
Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. Safety
6. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
7. IRC5 PG3: Programming basics 3
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 57 of 274  






1.3.15_IRC5 PS-S: SafeMove

Programmers

IRC5 PS-S+EPS: SafeMove and EPS


Target group Prerequisites
Planners, start-up engineers, programmers, electrical equipment service –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
personnel –– Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Mechanical / Electrical integration of the SafeMove card Course duration: 4 days
–– Creating the system prerequisites for the operation of SafeMove Number of participants: 6 persons
–– Configuration of the SafeMove card Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Dates: Subject to agreement
Contents Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Occupational health and safety Price: 2,400 EUR / participant
–– Mechanical installation and electrical integration of the SafeMove card
–– Connecting an initiator Contact
–– Producing a system with the SafeMove option Claudia Hillebrand
–– Creating a security user Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Configuration of the SafeMove application Daniela Kehrer
–– Help routines for supporting SafeMove Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Using the TestSignalViewer to integrate external axes Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Testing and documentation of the SafeMove configuration roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Final functional testing
Overview of training plan
1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. Safety
6. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
7. IRC5 PG3: Programming basics 3
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 58 of 274  






1.3.16_IRC5 PS-M: Multitasking

Programmers

IRC5 PS-M: Multitasking


Target group Prerequisites
Project managers, planners, start-up engineers, electrical equipment service –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
personnel –– Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Getting to know and programming the functionality of controls when Course duration: 4 days
applying the option of Multitasking Number of participants: 3 persons
Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Contents Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Occupational health and safety Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Functioning of the controls in Multitasking Price: 2,400 EUR / participant
–– Storage structure and structure of system parameters
–– Programming and integrating background tasks Contact
–– Synchronisation of a foreground and background task Claudia Hillebrand
–– Using joint data elements Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Using interrupt programming Daniela Kehrer
–– Sequence chains and dispatcher programming Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Creating a background task with different priorities Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Proposed solutions roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. Safety
6. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
7. IRC5 PG3: Programming basics 3
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 59 of 274  






1.3.17_IRC5 PS-MMV-K: MultiMove – Konfigurieren

Programmers

IRC5 PS-MMV: MultiMove


Target group Prerequisites
Start-up engineers, programmers, plant manager, electrical equipment service –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
personnel, project managers, planners –– Advanced computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Understanding MultiMove Course duration: 5 days
–– Commissioning and programming MultiMove systems Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Measuring and monitoring the associated coordinate systems Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Writing movement programs (independent, synchronous, coordinated) Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Mastering Special MMV declarations and instructions Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Price: 2,600 EUR / participant
Contents Notes: Exercises on robots are performed on the systems and
–– Occupational health and safety types of robots that are available at the Training Center for Robots
–– Structure of the hardware
–– Creating a system with MultiMove Contact
–– Calibration of monitoring systems Claudia Hillebrand
–– Getting to know measurement methods for tool / work object and basic Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
coordinates (Applying measurement routines) Daniela Kehrer
–– Testing the coordination of movement Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– System parameters and backup Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Loading, editing, starting up and saving tasks roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Programming of independent, synchronized and coordinated movements
–– Controlling movement tasks with additional management tasks Overview of training plan
1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. Safety
6. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
7. IRC5 PG3: Programming basics 3
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 60 of 274  






1.3.19_IRC5 PS-PM: PickMaster 3

Programmers

IRC5 PS-PM: PickMaster 3 basics


Target group Prerequisites
Planners, start-up engineers, programmers, project managers –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
–– Basic computer skills
Course goals
–– Carrying out the electrical and mechanical commissioning of the robot Information
system Course duration: 5 days
–– Knowing the basic functions of PickMaster Number of participants: 3 persons per company
–– Connecting material handling technology to the robot system Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– This course provides an important basis. For the implementation of own Dates: Subject to agreement
projects, an extensive deeper knowledge is required, accompanied by Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
specific process expert coaching or self-study. Price: 2,600 EUR / participant

Contents Contact
–– Occupational health and safety Claudia Hillebrand
–– System structure Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Installation of the PickMaster software Daniela Kehrer
–– Structure and wiring of a PickMaster system Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Structure of the robot programs Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Defining lines and projects roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Calibrating the camera
–– Calibrating material handling technology Overview of training plan
–– PLC connection 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
–– Backing up the whole system 2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. Safety
6. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
7. IRC5 PG3: Programming basics 3
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 61 of 274  






Programmers

IRC5 PS-RWMT: RobotWare Machine Tending


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, startup engineers, plant managers, –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
Electrical equipment service personnel, –– Knowledge of working with RobotStudio
employees of companies with material handling robots –– Advanced computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Integration of RobotWare Machine Tending in an Course duration: 5 days
automated material handling system Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Contents Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Configuration of the User-Interface Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Homepos Running Price: 2,600 EUR / participant
–– Knowledge of datatypes, instructions / functions
–– Programming guidelines Contact
–– Event handling Claudia Hillebrand
–– Operation and remote control with signal interface Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– RobotWare Machine Tending Powerpack Daniela Kehrer
Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. Safety
6. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
7. IRC5 PG3: Programming basics 3
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 62 of 274  






1.3.20_IRC5 PS-XP: Externe Achsen Programmieren

Programmers

IRC5 PS-X1: Programming external axes


Target group Prerequisites
Planners, project managers, start-up engineers, programmers, electrical –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
equipment service personnel –– Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Getting to know the control functions Course duration: 6 days
–– Using external axes in the robot system Number of participants: 3 persons
–– Moving the robot or the work object using coordinated external axes Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Dates: Subject to agreement
Contents Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Occupational health and safety Price: 1,900 EUR / participant
–– Programming with an axis that rotates a device
–– Programming uncoordinated linear and rotating axes Contact
–– Programming coordinated linear and rotating axes Claudia Hillebrand
–– Programming dependent axes Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Programming independent axes Daniela Kehrer
–– Programming a robot on a process axis Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Measuring coordinate systems and moved work objects Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. Safety
6. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
7. IRC5 PG3: Programming basics 3
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 63 of 274  






1.3.21_IRC5 PS-X: Externe Achsen Programmieren und Konfigurieren

Programmers

IRC5 PS-X2: Configuring external axes


Target group Prerequisites
Planners, project managers, start-up engineers, programmers, electrical –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
equipment service personnel –– Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Getting to know the control functions Course duration: 3 days
–– Commissioning an external axis Number of participants: 3 persons
–– Using external axes in the robot system Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Moving the robot or the work object using coordinated external axes Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Functioning of all components and error diagnostics Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Individual course goals can be agreed together with the participants Price: 1,900 EUR / participant

Contents Contact
–– Occupational health and safety Claudia Hillebrand
–– Circuit diagrams, connection variants Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Booting for external axes Daniela Kehrer
–– Rectifiers, driver stages, motor units for external axes Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Carrying out configurations and system parameters based on defined Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
specifications roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Fine-tuning the server control by recording its regular behaviour
–– Special features such as external transmissions, IndependentMove Overview of training plan
–– Programming with an axis that rotates a device 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
–– Programming uncoordinated linear and rotating axes 2. Application engineering courses as required
–– Programming coordinated linear and rotating axes 3. Special programming as required
–– Programming dependent axes 4. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
–– Programming independent axes 5. Safety
–– Programming a robot on a process axis 6. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
–– Measuring coordinate systems and moved work objects 7. IRC5 PG3: Programming basics 3
–– Activating and deactivating external axes 8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 64 of 274  






Programmers

IRC5 PS-X3: Trimming external axes


Target group Prerequisites
Start-up engineers, programmers, electrical equipment service personnel –– IRC5 PS-X2: Configuring external axes
–– Electrical expertise
Course goals –– Advanced computer skills
–– Control intervention and getting to know additional axes
–– Optimized control Information
–– Evaluation of the quality of control in relation to the automation task Course duration: 2.5 days
Number of participants: 3 persons
Contents Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Occupational health and safety Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Fine-tuning servo control by recording the control response Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Utilizing TuneMaster Price: 1,600 EUR / participant
–– Displaying and recording control signals
Contact
Claudia Hillebrand
Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
Daniela Kehrer
Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. Safety
6. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
7. IRC5 PG3: Programming basics 3
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 65 of 274  






Programmers

IRC5 PS-YuMi
Target Group Prerequisites
Programmers, startup engineers, plant managers, project managers, planners –– IRC5 PG1
and electrical equipment service personnel with experience of IRC5 who want –– Basic computer skills
to use the YuMi robot system.
Information
Course goals Course duration: 3 days
–– Independent execution of YuMi operating functions Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Independently developing, implementing, testing, optimizing and Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
the documentation of simple movement programs Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Basic knowledge of IRC5 is a prerequisite Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Price: 1,900 EUR / participant
Contents
–– Occupational health and safety Contact
–– Using the YuMi App to program Pick and Place tasks Claudia Hillebrand
–– Use of MultiMove for synchronized movement Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Introduction to the IntegratedVision application for object recognition Daniela Kehrer
Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. Safety
6. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
7. IRC5 PG3: Programming basics 3
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 66 of 274  






Programmers

IRC5 PS-ProfiNet
Target group Prerequisites
Start-up engineers, service personnel, programmers –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
–– Knowledge concerning Siemens STEP7
Course goals
–– Logging I/O Unit onto ProfiNet Bus System via IRC5 serial interface Information
–– Configuration of the serial interface Course duration: 3 days
–– Dealing with faults Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Contents Dates: Subject to agreement
–– ProfiNet Basics Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Creating ProfiNet Topology Price: 1,900 EUR / participant
–– Configuration of the serial interface
–– Creating and managing a new project Contact
(saving, compiling, loading, testing and archiving) Claudia Hillebrand
–– Analysing and rectifying faults Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Component replacement Daniela Kehrer
Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. Safety
6. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
7. IRC5 PG3: Programming basics 3
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 67 of 274  






1.3.22_IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio

Programmers

IRC5 PS-RS1: RobotStudio 1


Target Group Prerequisites
–– Planners, startup engineers, programmers, plant managers and project –– Basic course PG1 of the respective controller generation
managers –– Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Visualising and creating complex tasks for robot control systems using Course duration: 5 days
the RobotStudio offline tool Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Programming without direct intervention in the robot (offline) Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Dates: Subject to agreement
Contents Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Occupational health and safety Price: 2,150 EUR / participant
–– Installation and licensing issues
–– Work surface functions Contact
–– Data management and project related structures in RobotStudio Claudia Hillebrand
–– Integration of geometric data, CAD data formats Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Possibilities for creation of systems and units Daniela Kehrer
–– Design of the robot work environment in RobotStudio Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Creation and editing graphic components Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Base frame systems in RobotStudio roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Creation and measurement of tools and work objects
–– Bringing movement to graphic objects Overview of training plan
–– Creating positions and paths 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
–– Check accessibility of positions 2. Application engineering courses as required
–– Automatic path generation on curved bodies 3. Special programming as required
–– Synchronizing data between the unit and the virtual system 4. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
–– Integration of the program editor 5. Safety
–– Possibilities for simulation, cycle times, collision check and signal analysis 6. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
–– Recording applications 7. IRC5 PG3: Programming basics 3
–– Incorporating external axes 8. Individual refresher course / advanced course
–– Programming a MultiMove station
–– Replication and practical testing on a robot training unit

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 68 of 274  






Programmers

IRC5 PS-RS2: RobotStudio 2


Target Group Prerequisites
Offline programmers, simulation and construction engineers, –– IRC5 PS-RS1: RobotStudio 1
startup engineers, planners –– Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Implementation of simulation tasks for new systems with Course duration: 5 days
SmartComponents Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Carry out cycle time investigations Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Optimization and modification of existing systems with RobotStudio Dates: Subject to agreement
Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Contents Price: 2,200 EUR / participant
–– Features relating to the integration of existing programs into RobotStudio
–– Visualization of SafeMove zones Contact
–– SmartComponents Claudia Hillebrand
–– System design with material flow and logic components Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– I/O configuration in simulation and control Daniela Kehrer
–– Bringing movement to graphic objects Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Screenmaker, for customizing teach pendant screens Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. Safety
6. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
7. IRC5 PG3: Programming basics 3
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 69 of 274  






Programmers

IRC5 PS-RS-AWPP: RS ArcWelding PowerPac


Target group Prerequisites
Planners, start-up engineers, programmers, project managers –– IRC5 APT-S1 Inert gas welding
–– IRC5 PS-RS RobotStudio
Course goals –– Please supply your own PC with admin rights
–– Offline programming of arc welding programs using RobotStudio
–– Taking into account collision detection and arm configuration Information
–– Program / process optimization Course duration: 3 days
–– Implementation on actual welding equipment Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
Dates: Subject to agreement
Contents Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Building an ArcWelding PowerPac Price: 1,900 EUR / participant
–– Interacting with an AW-PP interface
–– Importing geometry Contact
–– Library function Claudia Hillebrand
–– Creation of robot positions relative to geometry Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Create a welding system Daniela Kehrer
–– Programming welding seams offline Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Create welding parameter templates Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Synchronizing sequences with a virtual machine, roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
thus creating a Rapid structure
–– Loading the program into a real welding cell and correcting positions Overview of training plan
1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. Safety
6. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
7. IRC5 PG3: Programming basics 3
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 70 of 274  






1.3.221_IRC5 MachineSafety

Programmers

IRC5 Machine Safety


Target group Prerequisites
Plant managers, maintenance personnel, safety officials, designers, planners Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


Insight into Machine Safety requirements of robotic workstations Course duration: 4 days
Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
Contents Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Overview and classification Dates: Subject to agreement
–– In context: Machinery Directives 2006/42/EC – Product Safety Act Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Insight into: Machinery Directives 2006/42/EC, 1st Appendix Price: 2,400 EUR / participant
a) Basic health and safety requirements
b) Explanation: Machinery – incomplete machinery Contact
c) EC – Declaration of Conformity – Installation Instructions Claudia Hillebrand
d) Commissioning and start-up of a machine Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
e) Applying directives and harmonized standards Daniela Kehrer
f) Approach to risk assessment Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
g) Risk appraisal Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
h) Risk evaluation roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Case Study: Robot safety of the latest generation
Overview of training plan
1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. Safety
6. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
7. IRC5 PG3: Programming basics 3
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 71 of 274  






Programmers

IRC5 PS-S-Adm: SafeMove Administrator


Target group Prerequisites
–– Programmers, startup engineers, plant managers and service personnel, IRC5 PS-S Safe Move and IRC5 Machine Safety
responsible for programming with SafeMove
Information
Course goals Course duration: 3 days
–– Testing and acceptance of SafeMove programming Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Access concept and documentation Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Dates: Subject to agreement
Contents Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Occupational health and safety Price: 1,400 EUR / participant
–– Over-run principle
–– Simulation in RobotStudio Contact
–– Testing on a robot Claudia Hillebrand
–– Managing access rights Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Documentation of the complete safety concept Daniela Kehrer
–– Final examination for all courses of the training series: Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
(IRC5 PG1, IRC5 PS-S, IRC5 MS, IRC5 PS-S-Adm) Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Presentation of certificates and permits roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. Safety
6. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
7. IRC5 PG3: Programming basics 3
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 72 of 274  






1.3.23_IRC5 PG2: Programmiergrundlagen 2

Programmers

IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, project managers, planners, start-up engineers –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
–– Advanced computer skills
Course goals
–– Using the options provided by control for the application Information
–– Devising and testing concepts for the optimum use of the system or for Course duration: 5 days
solving application tests Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Operating and learning the editing and testing options on the robot in Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
RobotStudio (online functionality) and with the virtual control Dates: Subject to agreement
–– The application of a programming tool for editing and testing programs on Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
the computer Price: 2,150 EUR / participant

Contents Contact
–– Occupational health and safety Claudia Hillebrand
–– Using the extended set of commands and optional arguments Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Producing and using your own routines and modules Daniela Kehrer
–– Programming your own instructions and functions Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– System parameters (use of the system signals, password protection, etc.) Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Troubleshooting and interrupt programming roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Booting up the system (installation of the operating system)
–– Calibrating the measurement system Overview of training plan
–– Local, global and routine data 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
–– Writing programs on the computer (offline and online) 2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. Safety
6. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
7. IRC5 PG3: Programming basics 3
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 73 of 274  






1.3.24_IRC5 PG3: Programmiergrundlagen 3

Programmers

IRC5 PG3: Programming basics 3


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, procedural developers, start-up engineers –– Participation in the course on Programming basics 2
or the IRC5 Upgrade workshop
Course goals –– Advanced computer skills
–– Production and application of complex instructions and programming –– Programming experience
techniques
–– Use of extended programming functions Information
Course duration: 5 days
Contents Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Occupational health and safety Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Changing compiled data elements Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Dynamic access of data elements Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Integrating instructions you have written yourself Price: 2,250 EUR / participant
–– Programming world zones for surveying the working area and defining
home zones Contact
–– Extended interrupt applications Claudia Hillebrand
–– Automatic loading and saving of modules Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Processing strings Daniela Kehrer
–– Dynamic routine access / late connection Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Extended troubleshooting / error numbers you have written yourself Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Producing log files, writing data in the log file roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Measuring clock intervals
–– Data types you have written yourself Overview of training plan
–– Arrays 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
–– Calculating intermediate positions from teached positions 2. Application engineering courses as required
–– System data search with subsequent sorting function 3. Special programming as required
–– Adjusting system parameters 4. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. Safety
6. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
7. IRC5 PG3: Programming basics 3
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 74 of 274  






1.4.00_Ausbildungsplan Inbetriebnehmer

Overview of courses

Industrial robot IRC5 Individual refresher


course / advanced course
Commissioning personnel training plan
Training plan blocks are linked to the associated course descriptions. IRC5 PG2:
Click on “Overview of training plan” to go back. Programming basics 2

Safety

IRC5 PS-RS:
RobotStudio

Special programming as
required

Application engineering
courses as required

IRC5 PS-I:
Initiation

IRC5 PG1: IRC5 Upgrade Workshop:


IRC5 PG1-YuMi
Programming basics 1 Robot specialists

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 75 of 274  






1.4.01_IRC5 PG1: Programmiergrundlagen 1

Commissioning personnel

IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, startup engineers, plant managers, project managers, Basic computer skills
planners, electrical equipment service personnel
Information
Course goals Course duration: 5 days
–– Independent execution of operating functions Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Independently developing, implementing, testing, optimising and Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
documenting simple movement programs Dates: Subject to agreement
Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Contents Price: 2,050 EUR / participant
–– Occupational health and safety
–– Structure and function of the robot system, dialogue concept of Contact
FlexPendant / RobotStudio Claudia Hillebrand
–– RAPID program structure Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Types of movement in manual and automatic operation Daniela Kehrer
–– Writing simple movement programs Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Monitoring input and output signals Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Testing measuring system roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Measuring tool and work object
–– Loading and saving modules and programs and system parameters Overview of training plan
–– Error messages and status report 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
–– Backup 2. IRC5 PS-I: Initiation
–– Performing handling tasks 3. Application engineering courses as required
–– Programming robot movements and controlling the gripper 4. Special programming as required
5. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 76 of 274  






1.4.01_IRC5 PG1: YuMi

Commissioning personnel

IRC5 PG1-YuMi: Programming basics 1 – YuMi


Target Group Prerequisites
Programmers, startup engineers, plant managers, project managers, Basic computer skills
planners, electrical equipment service personnel, exclusively for those who
use the YuMi robot system. An alternative method to achieve the same result Information
would be to take part in the standard course IRC5 PG1, followed by the Course duration: 5 days
extension course IRC5 PS-YuMi Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Course goals Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Independent execution of YuMi operating functions Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Independently developing, implementing, testing, optimising and Price: 2,150 EUR / participant
the documentation of simple movement programs
Contact
Contents Claudia Hillebrand
–– Occupational health and safety Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Structure and function of the robot system, dialogue concept of Daniela Kehrer
FlexPendant, RobotStudio, RobotStudio App Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– RAPID program structure Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Types of movement in manual and automatic operation roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Writing simple movement programs
–– Monitoring input and output signals Overview of training plan
–– Testing measuring system 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
–– Measuring tool and work object 2. IRC5 PS-I: Initiation
–– Loading and saving modules and programs and system parameters 3. Application engineering courses as required
–– Error messages and status reports 4. Special programming as required
–– Backup 5. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
–– Using the YuMi App to program Pick and Place tasks 6. Safety
–– Use of MultiMove for synchronized movement 7. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
–– Introduction to the IntegratedVision application for object recognition 8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 77 of 274  






1.4.012_IRC5 Umsteiger: Workshop Roboterfachleute

Commissioning personnel

IRC5 Upgrade Workshop: Robot specialists


Target group Prerequisites
–– Robot specialists –– Robot controller expert
–– Several years of experience in robotic installation,
Course goals commissioning and programming
–– Advanced programming skills –– Sound computer skills
–– Gaining the prerequisites to attend IRC5 PG3
Information
Contents Course duration: 5 days
–– Occupational health and safety Number of participants: 3 – 4 persons
–– Main topics from basic courses IRC5 PG1 and PG2 Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Prioritization of topics at the start of training Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Perform contents individually Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Consideration and deeper examination of know issues in-and-around IRC5 Price: 2,500 EUR / participant

Contact
Claudia Hillebrand
Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
Daniela Kehrer
Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 Upgrade Workshop: Robot specialists
2. IRC5 PS-I: Initiation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 78 of 274  






1.4.02_IRC5 PS-I: Inbetriebnahme

Commissioning personnel

IRC5 PS-I: Initiation


Target group Prerequisites
Start-up engineers, programmers –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
–– Advanced computer skills
Course goals –– Please supply your own PC with admin rights
–– For course IRC5 PS-I (Commissioning), tips will be provided for building a –– Electrical expert
new system and the operating system for the controls will be installed
–– The participant will use RobotStudio (online functionality) more Information
–– Topics that are only briefly addressed in the course (e.g. system Course duration: 4 days
parameters) are independently practised by the participants with the help Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
of the documentation Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Installation of the robot software on the participant’s own computer Dates: Subject to agreement
Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Contents Price: 2,400 EUR / participant
–– Occupational health and safety
–– Explaining programming regulations in accordance with ABB standards Contact
–– Programming branches and loops Claudia Hillebrand
–– System parameters: Meaning, change, backup Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Circuit diagrams (security and I / O signals) Daniela Kehrer
–– Producing a system, installation of the control software Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Converting process descriptions into functional solutions Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-I: Initiation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 79 of 274  






1.4.03_IRC5 APT-F: Fräsen

Commissioning personnel

IRC5 APT-F: Milling


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, plant managers –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control
generation
Course goals –– Basic computer skills
–– Changing and / or optimising the application
Information
Contents Course duration: 2 days
–– Occupational health and safety in dealing with the application Number of participants: 3 persons
–– Training on a milling station Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Producing your own data relevant to the milling process Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Writing and testing application program Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Adjusting and improving milling processes Price: 1,400 EUR / participant

Contact
Claudia Hillebrand
Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
Daniela Kehrer
Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-I: Initiation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 80 of 274  






1.4.06_IRC5 APT-KS-IPS: Kleben Sealing – Integriertes Prozesssystem

Commissioning personnel

APT-IDFPS-B: Sealing Basics


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, plant managers, project managers, planners, –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
start-up engineers, electrical equipment service personnel –– Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Using the IDFP system and controlling the functions Course duration: 4 days
–– Making the necessary calibrations after exchanging components or when Number of participants: 4 persons
using new application media Maximum: 4 persons per training robot
–– Independently developing, implementing, testing, optimising and Dates: Subject to agreement
documenting simple application programs Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Making changes/optimisations to the application Price: 2,400 EUR / participant

Contents Contact
–– Occupational health and safety in dealing with the application Claudia Hillebrand
–– Getting to know the functioning of the application Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
“Integrated Dispensing Function Pac” Daniela Kehrer
–– Getting to know and applying application related data types, instructions Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
and software commands Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Programming adhesive seams roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Evaluating and optimising seam results
–– Architecture of the “IntegratedProzessSystem” Overview of training plan
–– Getting to know and using software programs that support the application 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
(RobView, terminal program, FTP programs) 2. IRC5 PS-I: Initiation
–– Backup and diagnosis 3. Application engineering courses as required
–– Restoring defective systems 4. Special programming as required
–– Performing an IPS software update 5. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 81 of 274  






Commissioning personnel

IRC5 APT-IDFPS-SE: Sealing Electric


Target Group Prerequisites
Startup engineers, electrical service and application personnel –– Basic course PG1 of the respective controller generation
–– Basic computer skills
Course goals –– Electro-technical training
–– System overview
–– To locate faults in the system Information
–– Reducing downtime to a minimum by rapid error identification Course duration: 4 days
–– Ability to commission an IDFP system Number of participants: 4 persons
Maximum: 4 persons per training robot
Contents Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Occupational health and safety Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Detailed description of the form and function of the data backup Price: 2,400 EUR / participant
–– Working with schematics
–– Practical exercises for error detection, systematic troubleshooting Contact
using appropriate software (RobView, RobotStudio, terminal program) Claudia Hillebrand
–– Creating a system Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Loading and executing test programs Daniela Kehrer
–– Getting to know the IDFP structure, soft and hardware Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Basic settings of the IDFP control Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Solving application problems roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Carrying out an IPS software update
–– Connections of the application modules in the IRC5 controller Overview of training plan
–– Swopping components and tuning the system 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-I: Initiation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 82 of 274  






1.4.05_IRC5 APT-KS-A: Kleben Sealing – Applikation

Commissioning personnel

IRC5 APT-IDFPS-ME: Sealing Mechanic


Target group Prerequisites
Mechanical service personnel, application engineers –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
–– Basic computer skills
Course goals
–– Performing necessary maintenance, replacing components or worn parts, Information
servicing and error diagnostics Course duration: 3 days
–– Making the necessary calibrations on mechanical components Number of participants: 3 persons
–– Making changes to the application Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Dates: Subject to agreement
Contents Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Occupational health and safety in dealing with the application Price: 1,900 EUR / participant
–– Getting to know the functioning of the application
“Integrated Dispensing Function Pac” Contact
–– Getting to know and applying application related instructions and software Claudia Hillebrand
commands Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Getting to know and applying application related data types Daniela Kehrer
–– Carrying out maintenance and repairs on SPA400 / SPA410 Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Carrying out maintenance and repairs on the dosing device Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Functional testing of the hardware components roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Performing settings and calibrations
–– Using and understanding the relevant maintenance instructions Overview of training plan
1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-I: Initiation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 83 of 274  






1.4.07_IRC5 APT-P: Punktschweißen

Commissioning personnel

IRC5 APT-P: Spot welding


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, start-up engineers, plant managers, application engineers –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
–– Basic computer skills
Course goals
–– This application gives you the skills you need to safely move the IRB with Information
integrated spot welding tongs Course duration: 2 days
–– Setting up spot welding tongs on the IRB Number of participants: 3 persons
–– Teaching basic skills on the structure and process in a spot welding plant Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Recognising and optimising problematic processes Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Changing and / or optimising the application Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Price: 1,400 EUR / participant
Contents
–– Occupational health and safety in dealing with the application Contact
–– Mechanical and electrical structure of the application Claudia Hillebrand
–– Teaching the application software SpotWare Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Connecting the welding controls to the controls of the robot system Daniela Kehrer
–– Getting to know and applying application related instructions and software Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
commands Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Getting to know and applying application related data types roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Adjusting application related system parameters
–– Tong measurement Overview of training plan
–– Writing and testing application program 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-I: Initiation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 84 of 274  






1.4.08_IRC5 APT-RB: Rollbördeln

Commissioning personnel

IRC5 APT-RB: Roller beading


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, start-up engineers, plant managers, application engineers –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
–– Basic computer skills
Course goals
–– This application gives you the skills you need to safely move the IRB with Information
integrated roller beading tool Course duration: 3 days
–– Setting up a roll beading tool on the IRB Number of participants: 3 persons
–– Teaching basic skills on the structure and process in a roll beading Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
application Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Recognising and optimising problematic processes Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Changing and / or optimising the application Price: 1,900 EUR / participant

Contents Contact
–– Occupational health and safety in dealing with the application Claudia Hillebrand
–– Mechanical and electrical structure of the application Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– How the system works Daniela Kehrer
–– Adjusting application related system parameters Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Getting to know and applying application related instructions and software Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
commands roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Discussing RH system modules
–– Performing RH calibration Overview of training plan
–– Writing and testing application program 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-I: Initiation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 85 of 274  






1.4.09_IRC5 APT-S1: Schutzgasschweißen 1

Commissioning personnel

IRC5 APT-S1: Shielded arc welding 1


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, start-up engineers, plant managers, application engineers –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
–– Basic computer skills
Course goals
–– Making changes to the application Information
–– Making weld seams Course duration: 3 days
Number of participants: 3 persons
Contents Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Occupational health and safety in dealing with the application Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Teaching the application software ArcWare Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Using the ABB-Production-Manager Price: 1,900 EUR / participant
–– Getting to know and applying application related instructions and software
commands Contact
–– Programming weld seams with predefined welding data Claudia Hillebrand
–– Correcting weld seams Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
Daniela Kehrer
Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-I: Initiation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 86 of 274  






1.4.10_IRC5 APT-S2: Schutzgasschweißen 2

Commissioning personnel

IRC5 APT-S2: Shielded arc welding 2


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, start-up engineers, plant managers, application engineers –– Participation in the application course on Inert gas welding 1
–– Arc welding skills
Course goals –– Basic computer skills
–– The independent programming of a welding plant
–– Making changes/optimisations to the application Information
Course duration: 5 days
Contents Number of participants: 3 persons
–– Occupational health and safety in dealing with the application Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Safety with robot welding plants Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Occupational health and safety of inert gas welding Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Adjusting application related system parameters Price: 2,600 EUR / participant
–– Systematic structure of a welding program with observation of the
programming guidelines Contact
–– Definition of seam, pendulum and welding data Claudia Hillebrand
–– Programming weld seams Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Programming with external axes Daniela Kehrer
–– Troubleshooting the welding program Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Error diagnostics in the welding program Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Automatic TCP measurement and monitoring roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Basics of the different types of arcs
–– Welding with different material strengths Overview of training plan
–– Documenting the welding routines 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-I: Initiation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 87 of 274  






1.4.11_IRC5 PS-C: Conveyor Tracking

Commissioning personnel

IRC5 PS-C: Conveyor tracking


Target group Prerequisites
Project managers, programmers, planners, start-up engineers, electrical –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
equipment service personnel –– Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Connecting material handling technology to the robot system Course duration: 3 days
–– The programming of manufacturing processes with material handling Number of participants: 3 persons
synchronisation Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Individual course goals can be agreed together with the participants Dates: Subject to agreement
Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Contents Price: 1,900 EUR / participant
–– Occupational health and safety
–– Installation of the additional hardware components such as encoder Contact
module, encoder and start signal system Claudia Hillebrand
–– Determining the corresponding parameters Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Functional testing Daniela Kehrer
–– Programming the material handling synchronisation Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-I: Initiation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 88 of 274  






Commissioning personnel

IRC5 PS-EE: Energy Efficiency


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, plant managers, project managers, planners, start-up –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
engineers, electrical equipment service personnel –– Advanced computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Utilisation of the energy saving features incorporated in RobotStudio Course duration: 2.5 days
–– Reducing energy consumption and wear Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Achieve gains in productivity Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Dates: Subject to agreement
Contents Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Occupational health and safety Price: 1,600 EUR / participant
–– Monitoring energy, temperature and performance at the robot
as well as in the virtual system Contact
–– Data analysis and processing Claudia Hillebrand
–– Motion optimisation: paths, velocities, acceleration Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Analysis of waiting time in a program Daniela Kehrer
–– Energy related RAPID-commands and system parameters Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-I: Initiation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 89 of 274  






1.4.13_IRC5 PS-HPR: HomePosRunning

Commissioning personnel

IRC5 PS-HPR: HomePosRunning


Target group Prerequisites
Planners, start-up engineers, programmers –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
–– Basic computer skills
Course goals
–– Understanding and setting up the HomePosRunning option Information
–– Definition and secure storage of the machined parts with the Course duration: 3 days
HomePosRunning functionality Number of participants: 4 persons
Maximum: 4 persons per training robot
Contents Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Occupational health and safety Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Producing a system with the HomePosRunning option Price: 1,900 EUR / participant
–– Functionality and operation of HomePosRunning
–– Writing a program whilst taking into account the HomePosRunning Contact
functionality Claudia Hillebrand
–– Getting to know and applying application relating instructions and Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
functions Daniela Kehrer
–– Final functional testing Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-I: Initiation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 90 of 274  






1.4.14_IRC5 PS-FCM: Force Control for Machining

Commissioning personnel

IRC5 PS-FCM: Force Control for Machining


Target group Prerequisites
Planners, start-up engineers, programmers –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
–– Basic computer skills
Course goals
–– Understanding and setting up the Force Control for Machining option Information
–– Getting to know the functionality of the force-controlled process regulation Course duration: 4 days
on the machined part Number of participants: 4 persons
–– This course provides an important basis. For the implementation of own Maximum: 4 persons per training robot
projects, an extensive deeper knowledge is required, accompanied by Dates: Subject to agreement
specific process expert coaching or self-study. Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Price: 2,400 EUR / participant
Contents
–– Occupational health and safety Contact
–– Producing a system with the Force Control for Machining option with the Claudia Hillebrand
help of the Graphical User Interface (GUI) Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Getting to know and using the graphical user interface Daniela Kehrer
–– Aligning the machined part with the force-controlled process regulation Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Getting to know and applying application relating instructions and Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
functions roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Programming the application processes – force-controlled process and
speed-controlled process Overview of training plan
–– Assembly basics 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-I: Initiation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 91 of 274  






Commissioning personnel

IRC5 PS-IV: Integrated Vision


Target group Prerequisites
Planners, start-up engineers, programmers, maintenance personnel –– Participation in the course on Programming basics 2 or
the IRC5 Upgrade workshop
Course goals – – Advanced computer skills
Mechanical and electrical integration of camera systems
Information
Contents Course duration: 4 days
–– System Overview Number of participants: 3 persons
–– Installation and Setup Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– RobotStudio and FlexPendant user interface Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Camera configuration and calibration Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Vision tools and RAPID instructions Price: 2,400 EUR / participant
–– Functions and data types
Contact
Claudia Hillebrand
Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
Daniela Kehrer
Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-I: Initiation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 92 of 274  






Commissioning personnel

IRC5 PS-RWMT: RobotWare Machine Tending


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, startup engineers, plant managers, –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
Electrical equipment service personnel, –– Knowledge of working with RobotStudio
employees of companies with material handling robots –– Advanced computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Integration of RobotWare Machine Tending in an Course duration: 5 days
automated material handling system Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Contents Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Configuration of the User-Interface Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Homepos Running Price: 2,600 EUR / participant
–– Knowledge of datatypes, instructions / functions
–– Programming guidelines Contact
–– Event handling Claudia Hillebrand
–– Operation and remote control with signal interface Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– RobotWare Machine Tending Powerpack Daniela Kehrer
Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-I: Initiation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 93 of 274  






1.4.16_IRC5 PS-S: SafeMove

Commissioning personnel

IRC5 PS-S+EPS: SafeMove and EPS


Target group Prerequisites
Planners, start-up engineers, programmers, electrical equipment service –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
personnel –– Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Mechanical / Electrical integration of the SafeMove card Course duration: 4 days
–– Creating the system prerequisites for the operation of SafeMove Number of participants: 6 persons
–– Configuration of the SafeMove card Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Dates: Subject to agreement
Contents Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Occupational health and safety Price: 2,400 EUR / participant
–– Mechanical installation and electrical integration of the SafeMove card
–– Connecting an initiator Contact
–– Producing a system with the SafeMove option Claudia Hillebrand
–– Creating a security user Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Configuration of the SafeMove application Daniela Kehrer
–– Help routines for supporting SafeMove Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Using the TestSignalViewer to integrate external axes Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Testing and documentation of the SafeMove configuration roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Final functional testing
Overview of training plan
1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-I: Initiation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 94 of 274  






1.4.17_IRC5 PS-M: Multitasking

Commissioning personnel

IRC5 PS-M: Multitasking


Target group Prerequisites
Project managers, planners, start-up engineers, electrical equipment service –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
personnel –– Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Getting to know and programming the functionality of controls when Course duration: 4 days
applying the option of Multitasking Number of participants: 3 persons
Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Contents Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Occupational health and safety Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Functioning of the controls in Multitasking Price: 2,400 EUR / participant
–– Storage structure and structure of system parameters
–– Programming and integrating background tasks Contact
–– Synchronisation of a foreground and background task Claudia Hillebrand
–– Using joint data elements Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Using interrupt programming Daniela Kehrer
–– Sequence chains and dispatcher programming Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Creating a background task with different priorities Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Proposed solutions roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-I: Initiation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 95 of 274  






1.4.18_IRC5 PS-MMV-K: MultiMove – Konfigurieren

Commissioning personnel

IRC5 PS-MMV: MultiMove


Target group Prerequisites
Start-up engineers, programmers, plant manager, electrical equipment service –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
personnel, project managers, planners –– Advanced computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Understanding MultiMove Course duration: 5 days
–– Commissioning and programming MultiMove systems Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Measuring and monitoring the associated coordinate systems Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Writing movement programs (independent, synchronous, coordinated) Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Mastering Special MMV declarations and instructions Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Price: 2,600 EUR / participant
Contents Notes: Exercises on robots are performed on the systems and types
–– Occupational health and safety of robots that are available at the Training Center for Robots
–– Structure of the hardware
–– Creating a system with MultiMove Contact
–– Calibration of monitoring systems Claudia Hillebrand
–– Getting to know measurement methods for tool / work object and basic Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
coordinates (Applying measurement routines) Daniela Kehrer
–– Testing the coordination of movement Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– System parameters and backup Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Loading, editing, starting up and saving tasks roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Programming of independent, synchronized and coordinated movements
–– Controlling movement tasks with additional management tasks Overview of training plan
1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-I: Initiation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 96 of 274  






1.4.20_IRC5 PS-PM: PickMaster 3

Commissioning personnel

IRC5 PS-PM: PickMaster 3 basics


Target group Prerequisites
Planners, start-up engineers, programmers, project managers –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
–– Basic computer skills
Course goals
–– Carrying out the electrical and mechanical commissioning of the robot Information
system Course duration: 5 days
–– Knowing the basic functions of PickMaster Number of participants: 3 persons per company
–– Connecting material handling technology to the robot system Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– This course provides an important basis. For the implementation of own Dates: Subject to agreement
projects, an extensive deeper knowledge is required, accompanied by Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
specific process expert coaching or self-study. Price: 2,600 EUR / participant

Contents Contact
–– Occupational health and safety Claudia Hillebrand
–– System structure Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Installation of the PickMaster software Daniela Kehrer
–– Structure and wiring of a PickMaster system Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Structure of the robot programs Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Defining lines and projects roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Calibrating the camera
–– Calibrating material handling technology Overview of training plan
–– PLC connection 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
–– Backing up the whole system 2. IRC5 PS-I: Initiation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 97 of 274  






1.4.21_IRC5 PS-XP: Externe Achsen Programmieren

Commissioning personnel

IRC5 PS-X1: Programming external axes


Target group Prerequisites
Planners, project managers, start-up engineers, programmers, electrical –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
equipment service personnel –– Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Getting to know the control functions Course duration: 6 days
–– Using external axes in the robot system Number of participants: 3 persons
–– Moving the robot or the work object using coordinated external axes Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Dates: Subject to agreement
Contents Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Occupational health and safety Price: 1,900 EUR / participant
–– Programming with an axis that rotates a device
–– Programming uncoordinated linear and rotating axes Contact
–– Programming coordinated linear and rotating axes Claudia Hillebrand
–– Programming dependent axes Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Programming independent axes Daniela Kehrer
–– Programming a robot on a process axis Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Measuring coordinate systems and moved work objects Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-I: Initiation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 98 of 274  






1.4.22_IRC5 PS-X: Externe Achsen Programmieren und Konfigurieren

Commissioning personnel

IRC5 PS-X2: Configuring external axes


Target group Prerequisites
Planners, project managers, start-up engineers, programmers, electrical –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
equipment service personnel –– Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Getting to know the control functions Course duration: 3 days
–– Commissioning an external axis Number of participants: 3 persons
–– Using external axes in the robot system Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Moving the robot or the work object using coordinated external axes Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Functioning of all components and error diagnostics Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Individual course goals can be agreed together with the participants Price: 1,900 EUR / participant

Contents Contact
–– Occupational health and safety Claudia Hillebrand
–– Circuit diagrams, connection variants Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Booting for external axes Daniela Kehrer
–– Rectifiers, driver stages, motor units for external axes Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Carrying out configurations and system parameters based on defined Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
specifications roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Fine-tuning the server control by recording its regular behaviour
–– Special features such as external transmissions, IndependentMove Overview of training plan
–– Programming with an axis that rotates a device 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
–– Programming uncoordinated linear and rotating axes 2. IRC5 PS-I: Initiation
–– Programming coordinated linear and rotating axes 3. Application engineering courses as required
–– Programming dependent axes 4. Special programming as required
–– Programming independent axes 5. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
–– Programming a robot on a process axis 6. Safety
–– Measuring coordinate systems and moved work objects 7. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
–– Activating and deactivating external axes 8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 99 of 274  






Commissioning personnel

IRC5 PS-X3: Trimming external axes


Target group Prerequisites
Start-up engineers, programmers, electrical equipment service personnel –– IRC5 PS-X2: Configuring external axes
–– Electrical expertise
Course goals –– Advanced computer skills
–– Control intervention and getting to know additional axes
–– Optimized control Information
–– Evaluation of the quality of control in relation to the automation task Course duration: 2.5 days
Number of participants: 3 persons
Contents Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Occupational health and safety Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Fine-tuning servo control by recording the control response Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Utilizing TuneMaster Price: 1,600 EUR / participant
–– Displaying and recording control signals
Contact
Claudia Hillebrand
Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
Daniela Kehrer
Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-I: Initiation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 100 of 274  






Commissioning personnel

IRC5 PS-YuMi
Target Group Prerequisites
Programmers, startup engineers, plant managers, project managers, planners –– IRC5 PG1
and electrical equipment service personnel with experience of IRC5 who want –– Basic computer skills
to use the YuMi robot system.
Information
Course goals Course duration: 3 days
–– Independent execution of YuMi operating functions Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Independently developing, implementing, testing, optimizing and Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
the documentation of simple movement programs Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Basic knowledge of IRC5 is a prerequisite Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Price: 1,900 EUR / participant
Contents
–– Occupational health and safety Contact
–– Using the YuMi App to program Pick and Place tasks Claudia Hillebrand
–– Use of MultiMove for synchronized movement Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Introduction to the IntegratedVision application for object recognition Daniela Kehrer
Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-I: Initiation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 101 of 274  






Commissioning personnel

IRC5 PS-ProfiNet
Target group Prerequisites
Start-up engineers, service personnel, programmers –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
–– Knowledge concerning Siemens STEP7
Course goals
–– Logging I/O Unit onto ProfiNet Bus System via IRC5 serial interface Information
–– Configuration of the serial interface Course duration: 3 days
–– Dealing with faults Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Contents Dates: Subject to agreement
–– ProfiNet Basics Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Creating ProfiNet Topology Price: 1,900 EUR / participant
–– Configuration of the serial interface
–– Creating and managing a new project Contact
(saving, compiling, loading, testing and archiving) Claudia Hillebrand
–– Analysing and rectifying faults Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Component replacement Daniela Kehrer
Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-I: Initiation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 102 of 274  






1.4.23_IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio

Commissioning personnel

IRC5 PS-RS-Online: RobotStudio Online


Target Group Prerequisites
Startup engineers, plant managers, maintenance and service personnel –– Basic course PG1 of the respective controller generation
–– Basic computer skills
Course goals
–– Use RobotStudio in practice with the robot controller Information
–– This course does not cover CAD programming in RobotStudio Course duration: 3 days
Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
Contents Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Creation and modification of systems, as well as booting systems Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Networking, design and online communication with RobotStudio Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Creating so-called “relationships” between the robot controller and virtual Price: 1,800 EUR / participant
systems (transmission and comparison of data elements)
–– I/O configuration Contact
–– Creation of virtual duplicates, program editor Claudia Hillebrand
–– Online tools, “Job” creation Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Online signal analysis Daniela Kehrer
Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-I: Initiation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 103 of 274  






Commissioning personnel

IRC5 PS-RS1: RobotStudio 1


Target Group Prerequisites
–– Planners, startup engineers, programmers, plant managers and project –– Basic course PG1 of the respective controller generation
managers –– Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Visualising and creating complex tasks for robot control systems using Course duration: 5 days
the RobotStudio offline tool Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Programming without direct intervention in the robot (offline) Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Dates: Subject to agreement
Contents Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Occupational health and safety Price: 2,150 EUR / participant
–– Installation and licensing issues
–– Work surface functions Contact
–– Data management and project related structures in RobotStudio Claudia Hillebrand
–– Integration of geometric data, CAD data formats Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Possibilities for creation of systems and units Daniela Kehrer
–– Design of the robot work environment in RobotStudio Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Creation and editing graphic components Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Base frame systems in RobotStudio roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Creation and measurement of tools and work objects
–– Bringing movement to graphic objects Overview of training plan
–– Creating positions and paths 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
–– Check accessibility of positions 2. IRC5 PS-I: Initiation
–– Automatic path generation on curved bodies 3. Application engineering courses as required
–– Synchronizing data between the unit and the virtual system 4. Special programming as required
–– Integration of the program editor 5. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
–– Possibilities for simulation, cycle times, collision check and signal analysis 6. Safety
–– Recording applications 7. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
–– Incorporating external axes 8. Individual refresher course / advanced course
–– Programming a MultiMove station
–– Replication and practical testing on a robot training unit

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 104 of 274  






Commissioning personnel

IRC5 PS-RS2: RobotStudio 2


Target Group Prerequisites
Offline programmers, simulation and construction engineers, –– IRC5 PS-RS1: RobotStudio 1
startup engineers, planners –– Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Implementation of simulation tasks for new systems with Course duration: 5 days
SmartComponents Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Carry out cycle time investigations Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Optimization and modification of existing systems with RobotStudio Dates: Subject to agreement
Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Contents Price: 2,200 EUR / participant
–– Features relating to the integration of existing programs into RobotStudio
–– Visualization of SafeMove zones Contact
–– SmartComponents Claudia Hillebrand
–– System design with material flow and logic components Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– I/O configuration in simulation and control Daniela Kehrer
–– Bringing movement to graphic objects Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Screenmaker, for customizing teach pendant screens Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-I: Initiation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 105 of 274  






1.4.231_IRC5 MachineSafety

Commissioning personnel

IRC5 Machine Safety


Target group Prerequisites
Plant managers, maintenance personnel, safety officials, designers, planners Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


Insight into Machine Safety requirements of robotic workstations Course duration: 4 days
Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
Contents Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Overview and classification Dates: Subject to agreement
–– In context: Machinery Directives 2006/42/EC – Product Safety Act Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Insight into: Machinery Directives 2006/42/EC, 1st Appendix Price: 2,400 EUR / participant
a) Basic health and safety requirements
b) Explanation: Machinery – incomplete machinery Contact
c) EC – Declaration of Conformity – Installation Instructions Claudia Hillebrand
d) Commissioning and start-up of a machine Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
e) Applying directives and harmonized standards Daniela Kehrer
f) Approach to risk assessment Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
g) Risk appraisal Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
h) Risk evaluation roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Case Study: Robot safety of the latest generation
Overview of training plan
1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-I: Initiation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 106 of 274  






Commissioning personnel

IRC5 PS-S-Adm: SafeMove Administrator


Target group Prerequisites
–– Programmers, startup engineers, plant managers and service personnel, IRC5 PS-S Safe Move and IRC5 Machine Safety
responsible for programming with SafeMove
Information
Course goals Course duration: 3 days
–– Testing and acceptance of SafeMove programming Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Access concept and documentation Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Dates: Subject to agreement
Contents Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Occupational health and safety Price: 1,400 EUR / participant
–– Over-run principle
–– Simulation in RobotStudio Contact
–– Testing on a robot Claudia Hillebrand
–– Managing access rights Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Documentation of the complete safety concept Daniela Kehrer
–– Final examination for all courses of the training series: Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
(IRC5 PG1, IRC5 PS-S, IRC5 MS, IRC5 PS-S-Adm) Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Presentation of certificates and permits roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 PS-I: Initiation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 107 of 274  






1.4.24_IRC5 PG2: Programmiergrundlagen 2

Commissioning personnel

IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, project managers, planners, start-up engineers –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
–– Advanced computer skills
Course goals
–– Using the options provided by control for the application Information
–– Devising and testing concepts for the optimum use of the system or for Course duration: 5 days
solving application tests Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Operating and learning the editing and testing options on the robot in Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
RobotStudio (online functionality) and with the virtual control Dates: Subject to agreement
–– The application of a programming tool for editing and testing programs on Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
the computer Price: 2,150 EUR / participant

Contents Contact
–– Occupational health and safety Claudia Hillebrand
–– Using the extended set of commands and optional arguments Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Producing and using your own routines and modules Daniela Kehrer
–– Programming your own instructions and functions Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– System parameters (use of the system signals, password protection, etc.) Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Troubleshooting and interrupt programming roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Booting up the system (installation of the operating system)
–– Calibrating the measurement system Overview of training plan
–– Local, global and routine data 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
–– Writing programs on the computer (offline and online) 2. IRC5 PS-I: Initiation
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
6. Safety
7. IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2
8. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 108 of 274  






1.5.00_Ausbildungsplan Instandhalter Mechanik

Overview of courses

Industrial robot IRC5


Mechanical service personnel training plan
Training plan blocks are linked to the associated course descriptions.
Click on “Overview of training plan” to go back.

Individual refresher
course / advanced course

Mechanics courses

IRC5 BE:
Operation

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 109 of 274  






1.5.01_IRC5 BE: Bedienen

Mechanical service personnel

IRC5 BE: Operation


Target group Prerequisites
Plant operators, mechanical service personnel, application engineers None

Course goals Information


–– Independent execution of operating functions Course duration: 3 days
–– Switching on and starting up the robot system Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Moving the mechanics with a joystick Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Loading, testing and optimising simple movement programs Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Recognising and rectifying simple faults and service interruptions (e.g. Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
emergency stop) Price: 1,300 EUR / participant

Contents Contact
–– Occupational health and safety Claudia Hillebrand
–– Structure and function of the robot system Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Types of movement in manual and automatic operation Daniela Kehrer
–– Monitoring input and output signals Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Loading and saving modules and programs Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Error messages and status report roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 BE: Operation
2. Mechanics courses
3. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 110 of 274  






1.5.012_IRC5 ME 120: Mechanikkurs Robotermechanik IRB 120

Mechanical service personnel

IRC5 ME 120: Mechanics course on robot mechanics IRB 120


Target group Prerequisites
Mechanical service personel –– Operating course BE or basic course PG1 of the
corresponding control generation
Course goals –– Bring your own protective shoes and work clothes
–– Rapid diagnosis of the cause of the error can minimize downtime
–– Replacing defective parts in good time Information
–– Maintaining the robot mechanics in accordance with regulations Course duration: 3 days
Number of participants: 3 – 4 persons
Contents Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Occupational health and safety Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Backup Price: 2,000 EUR / participant
–– Explanation and functioning of the robot mechanics
–– Disassembly and assembly of sub-assemblies and individual parts Contact
–– Calibrating robots (fine-calibration) Claudia Hillebrand
–– Use of special tools Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Testing the robot system Daniela Kehrer
–– Performing maintenance and adjustment work Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 BE: Operation
2. Mechanics courses
3. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 111 of 274  






1.5.02_IRC5 ME 140: Mechanikkurs Robotermechanik IRB 140

Mechanical service personnel

IRC5 ME 140: Mechanics course on robot mechanics IRB 140


Target group Prerequisites
Mechanical service personel –– Operating course BE or basic course PG1 of the
corresponding control generation
Course goals –– Bring your own protective shoes and work clothes
–– Rapid diagnosis of the cause of the error can minimize downtime
–– Replacing defective parts in good time Information
–– Maintaining the robot mechanics in accordance with regulations Course duration: 3 days
Number of participants: 3 – 4 persons
Contents Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Occupational health and safety Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Backup Price: 2,000 EUR / participant
–– Explanation and functioning of the robot mechanics
–– Disassembly and assembly of sub-assemblies and individual parts Contact
–– Calibrating robots (fine-calibration) Claudia Hillebrand
–– Use of special tools Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Testing the robot system Daniela Kehrer
–– Performing maintenance and adjustment work Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 BE: Operation
2. Mechanics courses
3. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 112 of 274  






1.5.05_IRC5 ME 1600: Mechanikkurs Robotermechanik IRB 1600

Mechanical service personnel

IRC5 ME 1600 / 1600ID: Mechanics course on robot mechanics IRB 1600 / 1600ID


Target group Prerequisites
Mechanical service personel –– Operating course BE or basic course PG1 of the
corresponding control generation
Course goals –– Bring your own protective shoes and work clothes
–– Rapid diagnosis of the cause of the error can minimize downtime
–– Replacing defective parts in good time Information
–– Maintaining the robot mechanics in accordance with regulations Course duration: 4 days
Number of participants: 3 – 4 persons
Contents Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Occupational health and safety Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Backup Price: 2,500 EUR / participant
–– Explanation and functioning of the robot mechanics Note: The mechanics course for IRB 1600ID takes the
–– Disassembly and assembly of sub-assemblies and individual parts form of the IRB 2600 mechanics course
–– Calibrating robots (fine-calibration)
–– Use of special tools Contact
–– Testing the robot system Claudia Hillebrand
–– Performing maintenance and adjustment work Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
Daniela Kehrer
Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 BE: Operation
2. Mechanics courses
3. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 113 of 274  






1.5.06_IRC5 ME 2400: Mechanikkurs Robotermechanik IRB 2400 / M2004

Mechanical service personnel

IRC5 ME 2400: Mechanics course on robot mechanics IRB 2400 / M2004


Target group Prerequisites
Mechanical service personel –– Operating course BE or basic course PG1 of the
corresponding control generation
Course goals –– Bring your own protective shoes and work clothes
–– Rapid diagnosis of the cause of the error can minimize downtime
–– Replacing defective parts in good time Information
–– Maintaining the robot mechanics in accordance with regulations Course duration: 3 days
Number of participants: 3 – 4 persons
Contents Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Occupational health and safety Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Backup Price: 2,000 EUR / participant
–– Explanation and functioning of the robot mechanics
–– Disassembly and assembly of sub-assemblies and individual parts Contact
–– Calibrating robots (fine-calibration) Claudia Hillebrand
–– Use of special tools Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Testing the robot system Daniela Kehrer
–– Performing maintenance and adjustment work Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 BE: Operation
2. Mechanics courses
3. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 114 of 274  






Mechanical service personnel

IRC5 ME 2600 / 2600ID: Mechanics course on robot mechanics IRB 2600 / 2600ID


Target group Prerequisites
Mechanical service personel –– Operating course BE or basic course PG1 of the
corresponding control generation
Course goals –– Bring your own protective shoes and work clothes
–– Rapid diagnosis of the cause of the error can minimize downtime
–– Replacing defective parts in good time Information
–– Maintaining the robot mechanics in accordance with regulations Course duration: 4 days
Number of participants: 3 – 4 persons
Contents Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Occupational health and safety Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Backup Price: 2,500 EUR / participant
–– Explanation and functioning of the robot mechanics
–– Disassembly and assembly of sub-assemblies and individual parts Contact
–– Calibrating robots (fine-calibration) Claudia Hillebrand
–– Use of special tools Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Testing the robot system Daniela Kehrer
–– Performing maintenance and adjustment work Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 BE: Operation
2. Mechanics courses
3. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 115 of 274  






1.5.03_IRC5 ME 360: Mechanikkurs Robotermechanik IRB 360

Mechanical service personnel

IRC5 ME 360: Mechanics course on robot mechanics IRB 360


Target group Prerequisites
Mechanical service personel –– Operating course BE or basic course PG1 of the
corresponding control generation
Course goals –– Bring your own protective shoes and work clothes
–– Rapid diagnosis of the cause of the error can minimize downtime
–– Replacing defective parts in good time Information
–– Maintaining the robot mechanics in accordance with regulations Course duration: 3 days
Number of participants: 3 – 4 persons
Contents Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Occupational health and safety Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Backup Price: 2,000 EUR / participant
–– Explanation and functioning of the robot mechanics
–– Disassembly and assembly of sub-assemblies and individual parts Contact
–– Calibrating robots (fine-calibration) Claudia Hillebrand
–– Use of special tools Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Testing the robot system Daniela Kehrer
–– Performing maintenance and adjustment work Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 BE: Operation
2. Mechanics courses
3. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 116 of 274  






1.5.07_IRC5 ME 4400: Mechanikkurs Robotermechanik IRB 4400

Mechanical service personnel

IRC5 ME 4400: Mechanics course on robot mechanics IRB 4400


Target group Prerequisites
Mechanical service personel –– Operating course BE or basic course PG1 of the
corresponding control generation
Course goals –– Bring your own protective shoes and work clothes
–– Rapid diagnosis of the cause of the error can minimize downtime
–– Replacing defective parts in good time Information
–– Maintaining the robot mechanics in accordance with regulations Course duration: 3 days
Number of participants: 3 – 4 persons
Contents Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Occupational health and safety Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Backup Price: 2,000 EUR / participant
–– Explanation and functioning of the robot mechanics
–– Disassembly and assembly of sub-assemblies and individual parts Contact
–– Calibrating robots (fine-calibration) Claudia Hillebrand
–– Use of special tools Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Testing the robot system Daniela Kehrer
–– Performing maintenance and adjustment work Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 BE: Operation
2. Mechanics courses
3. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 117 of 274  






1.5.08_IRC5 ME 4400 FP: Mechanikkurs für die Robotermechanik IRB4400 FoundryPrime

Mechanical service personnel

IRC5 ME 4400 FP: Mechanics course on robot mechanics IRB 4400 FoundryPrime

Target group Prerequisites


Mechanical service personel, who maintain Foundry Prime robots –– Operating course BE or basic course PG1 of the
corresponding control generation
Course goals –– Bring your own protective shoes and work clothes
–– Rapid diagnosis of the cause of the error can minimize downtime
–– Replacing defective parts in good time Information
–– Maintaining the robot mechanics in FoundryPrime in accordance with Course duration: 4 days
regulations Number of participants: 3 – 4 persons
Dates: Subject to agreement
Contents Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Occupational health and safety Price: 2,500 EUR / participant
–– Backup
–– Explanation and functioning of the robot mechanics The training course will take place using modified standard
–– Foundry Prime mechanics course module: Explanation of the special robotic mechanisms. Foundry Prime-specific details will be
features in Foundry Prime version. Specific topics concerning operation explained using sample parts and/or the documentation
and maintenance of Foundry Prime
–– Disassembly and assembly of sub-assemblies and individual parts Contact
–– Calibrating robots (fine-calibration) Claudia Hillebrand
–– Use of special tools Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Testing the robot system Daniela Kehrer
–– Performing maintenance and adjustment work Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 BE: Operation
2. Mechanics courses
3. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 118 of 274  






1.5.09_IRC5 ME 4600: Mechanikkurs Robotermechanik IRB 4600

Mechanical service personnel

IRC5 ME 4600: Mechanics course on robot mechanics IRB 4600


Target group Prerequisites
Mechanical service personel –– Operating course BE or basic course PG1 of the
corresponding control generation
Course goals –– Bring your own protective shoes and work clothes
–– Rapid diagnosis of the cause of the error can minimize downtime
–– Replacing defective parts in good time Information
–– Maintaining the robot mechanics in accordance with regulations Course duration: 4 days
Number of participants: 3 – 4 persons
Contents Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Occupational health and safety Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Backup Price: 2,500 EUR / participant
–– Explanation and functioning of the robot mechanics
–– Disassembly and assembly of sub-assemblies and individual parts Contact
–– Calibrating robots (fine-calibration) Claudia Hillebrand
–– Use of special tools Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Testing the robot system Daniela Kehrer
–– Performing maintenance and adjustment work Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 BE: Operation
2. Mechanics courses
3. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 119 of 274  






1.5.10_IRC5 ME 4600 FP: Mechanikkurs für die Robotermechanik IRB4600 FoundryPrime

Mechanical service personnel

IRC5 ME 4600 FP: Mechanics course on robot mechanics IRB 4600 FoundryPrime

Target group Prerequisites


Mechanical service personel, who maintain Foundry Prime robots –– Operating course BE or basic course PG1 of the
corresponding control generation
Course goals –– Bring your own protective shoes and work clothes
–– Rapid diagnosis of the cause of the error can minimize downtime
–– Replacing defective parts in good time Information
–– Maintaining the robot mechanics in FoundryPrime in accordance with Course duration: 4 days
regulations Number of participants: 3 – 4 persons
Dates: Subject to agreement
Contents Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Occupational health and safety Price: 2,500 EUR / participant
–– Backup
–– Explanation and functioning of the robot mechanics The training course will take place using modified standard
–– Foundry Prime mechanics course module: Explanation of the special robotic mechanisms. Foundry Prime-specific details will be
features in Foundry Prime version. Specific topics concerning operation explained using sample parts and/or the documentation
and maintenance of Foundry Prime
–– Disassembly and assembly of sub-assemblies and individual parts Contact
–– Calibrating robots (fine-calibration) Claudia Hillebrand
–– Use of special tools Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Testing the robot system Daniela Kehrer
–– Performing maintenance and adjustment work Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 BE: Operation
2. Mechanics courses
3. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 120 of 274  






1.5.13_IRC5 ME 6640: Mechanikkurs Robotermechanik IRB 6640

Mechanical service personnel

IRC5 ME 6640: Mechanics course on robot mechanics IRB 6640


Target group Prerequisites
Mechanical service personel –– Operating course BE or basic course PG1 of the
corresponding control generation
Course goals –– Bring your own protective shoes and work clothes
–– Rapid diagnosis of the cause of the error can minimize downtime
–– Replacing defective parts in good time Information
–– Maintaining the robot mechanics in accordance with regulations Course duration: 5 days
Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
Contents Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Occupational health and safety Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Backup Price: 2,900 EUR / participant
–– Explanation and functioning of the robot mechanics
–– Disassembly and assembly of sub-assemblies and individual parts Contact
–– Calibrating robots (fine-calibration) Claudia Hillebrand
–– Use of special tools Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Testing the robot system Daniela Kehrer
–– Performing maintenance and adjustment work Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 BE: Operation
2. Mechanics courses
3. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 121 of 274  






1.5.14_IRC5 ME 6640 FP: Mechanikkurs für die Robotermechanik IRB6640 FoundryPrime

Mechanical service personnel

IRC5 ME 6640 FP : Mechanics course on robot mechanics IRB 6640 FoundryPrime


Target group Prerequisites
Mechanical service personel, who maintain Foundry Prime robots –– Operating course BE or basic course PG1 of the
corresponding control generation
Course goals –– Bring your own protective shoes and work clothes
–– Rapid diagnosis of the cause of the error can minimize downtime
–– Replacing defective parts in good time Information
–– Maintaining the robot mechanics in FoundryPrime in accordance with Course duration: 5 days
regulations Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
Dates: Subject to agreement
Contents Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Occupational health and safety Price: 2,900 EUR / participant
–– Backup
–– Explanation and functioning of the robot mechanics The training course will take place using modified standard
–– Foundry Prime mechanics course module: Explanation of the special robotic mechanisms. Foundry Prime-specific details will be
features in Foundry Prime version. Specific topics concerning operation explained using sample parts and/or the documentation
and maintenance of Foundry Prime
–– Disassembly and assembly of sub-assemblies and individual parts Contact
–– Calibrating robots (fine-calibration) Claudia Hillebrand
–– Use of special tools Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Testing the robot system Daniela Kehrer
–– Performing maintenance and adjustment work Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 BE: Operation
2. Mechanics courses
3. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 122 of 274  






Mechanical service personnel

IRC5 ME 6700: Mechanics course on robot mechanics IRB 6700


Target group Prerequisites
Mechanical service personel –– Operating course BE or basic course PG1 of the
corresponding control generation
Course goals –– Bring your own protective shoes and work clothes
–– Rapid diagnosis of the cause of the error can minimize downtime
–– Replacing defective parts in good time Information
–– Maintaining the robot mechanics in accordance with regulations Course duration: 5 days
Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
Contents Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Occupational health and safety Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Backup Price: 2,900 EUR / participant
–– Explanation and functioning of the robot mechanics
–– Disassembly and assembly of sub-assemblies and individual parts Contact
–– Calibrating robots (fine-calibration) Claudia Hillebrand
–– Use of special tools Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Testing the robot system Daniela Kehrer
–– Performing maintenance and adjustment work Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 BE: Operation
2. Mechanics courses
3. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 123 of 274  






1.5.15_IRC5 ME FoundryPrime : Mechanikkursmodul FoundryPrime

Mechanical service personnel

IRC5 ME FP: Mechanics course on FoundryPrime


Target group Prerequisites
Mechanical service personel, who maintain Foundry Prime robots –– Operating course BE or basic course PG1 of the
corresponding control generation
Course goals –– Bring your own protective shoes and work clothes
–– Learn about the special features of the Foundry Prime version
–– Master specific requirements for operation Information
Course duration: 2 days
Contents Number of participants: 3 – 4 persons
–– Occupational health and safety Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Explanation of the special features in Foundry Prime version Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Specific topics concerning operation and maintenance of Foundry Prime Price: 1,400 EUR / participant

Contact
Claudia Hillebrand
Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
Daniela Kehrer
Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 BE: Operation
2. Mechanics courses
3. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 124 of 274  






1.6.00_Ausbildungsplan Instandhalter Elektrik

Overview of courses

Industrial robot IRC5


Electrical equipment service personnel training plan
Training plan blocks are linked to the associated course descriptions. Individual refresher
Click on “Overview of training plan” to go back. course / advanced course

Safety

Special programming as
required

Application engineering
courses as required

IRC5 SD:
Faults and Diagnostics

IRC5 SE:
Electrical equipment course

IRC5 PG1:
Programming basics 1

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 125 of 274  






1.6.01_IRC5 PG1: Programmiergrundlagen 1

Electrical equipment service personnel

IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, startup engineers, plant managers, project managers, Basic computer skills
planners, electrical equipment service personnel
Information
Course goals Course duration: 5 days
–– Independent execution of operating functions Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Independently developing, implementing, testing, optimising and Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
documenting simple movement programs Dates: Subject to agreement
Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Contents Price: 2,050 EUR / participant
–– Occupational health and safety
–– Structure and function of the robot system, dialogue concept of Contact
FlexPendant / RobotStudio Claudia Hillebrand
–– RAPID program structure Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Types of movement in manual and automatic operation Daniela Kehrer
–– Writing simple movement programs Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Monitoring input and output signals Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Testing measuring system roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Measuring tool and work object
–– Loading and saving modules and programs and system parameters Overview of training plan
–– Error messages and status report 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
–– Backup 2. IRC5 SE: Electrical equipment course
–– Performing handling tasks 3. IRC5 SD: Faults and Diagnostics
–– Programming robot movements and controlling the gripper 4. Application engineering courses as required
5. Special programming as required
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 126 of 274  






1.6.01_IRC5 PG1: YuMi

Electrical equipment service personnel

IRC5 PG1-YuMi: Programming basics 1 – YuMi


Target Group Prerequisites
Programmers, startup engineers, plant managers, project managers, Basic computer skills
planners, electrical equipment service personnel, exclusively for those who
use the YuMi robot system. An alternative method to achieve the same result Information
would be to take part in the standard course IRC5 PG1, followed by the Course duration: 5 days
extension course IRC5 PS-YuMi Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Course goals Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Independent execution of YuMi operating functions Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Independently developing, implementing, testing, optimising and Price: 2,150 EUR / participant
the documentation of simple movement programs
Contact
Contents Claudia Hillebrand
–– Occupational health and safety Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Structure and function of the robot system, dialogue concept of Daniela Kehrer
FlexPendant, RobotStudio, RobotStudio App Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– RAPID program structure Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Types of movement in manual and automatic operation roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Writing simple movement programs
–– Monitoring input and output signals Overview of training plan
–– Testing measuring system 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
–– Measuring tool and work object 2. IRC5 SE: Electrical equipment course
–– Loading and saving modules and programs and system parameters 3. IRC5 SD: Faults and Diagnostics
–– Error messages and status reports 4. Application engineering courses as required
–– Backup 5. Special programming as required
–– Using the YuMi App to program Pick and Place tasks 6. Safety
–– Use of MultiMove for synchronized movement 7. Individual refresher course / advanced course
–– Introduction to the IntegratedVision application for object recognition

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 127 of 274  






1.6.02_IRC5 SE: Elektrikkurs

Electrical equipment service personnel

IRC5 SE: Electrical equipment course


Target group Prerequisites
Commissioning personnel, electrical equipment service personnel –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
–– Basic computer skills
Course goals –– Electrical engineering qualification
–– System overview
–– Locating system faults Information
–– Rapid diagnosis of the cause of the error can minimize downtime Course duration: 5 days
Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
Contents Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Occupational health and safety Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Detailed explanation of the structure and function Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
of the robot and controller Price: 2,500 EUR / participant
–– Program errors and how to recognize them
–– System parameters: Meaning, changing, backup Contact
–– Signal connection (DeviceNet, ProfiNet) Claudia Hillebrand
–– Checking calibration, updating revolution counter, fine calibration Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Working with circuit diagrams Daniela Kehrer
–– Practical exercises in error recognition, systematic error diagnostics with Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
the help of suitable software (RobotStudio, terminal program) Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Producing a system, installation of the control software roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Loading and executing test programs
Overview of training plan
1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 SE: Electrical equipment course
3. IRC5 SD: Faults and Diagnostics
4. Application engineering courses as required
5. Special programming as required
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 128 of 274  






1.6.022_IRC5 SD: Störung und Diagnose

Electrical equipment service personnel

IRC5 SD: Faults and Diagnostics


Target group Prerequisites
Start-up engineers, electrical equipment service personnel –– Participation in a IRC5 SE course
–– Electro-technical training
Course goals –– Sound computer skills
–– Expansion of knowledge about systematic troubleshooting
–– Application of the diagnostic facilities of the IRC5 controller Information
–– Ordered methods of combating faults Course duration: 2.5 days
Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
Contents Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Occupational health and safety Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Refresher, deepening and expanding the basics from the Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
service course (SE) Price: 1,600 EUR / participant
–– Develop a fault and analysis strategy for more efficient
troubleshooting based on case studies Contact
–– Plan and structure procedures based on the troubleshooting Claudia Hillebrand
method (MeFes) Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Aftercare and avoidance of future faults Daniela Kehrer
–– Use measurement tools to perform diagnostics Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
(e.g. oscilloscopes, bus testers, etc.) Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Using ABB supplied software and recommendations for roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
using external software
Overview of training plan
1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 SE: Electrical equipment course
3. IRC5 SD: Faults and Diagnostics
4. Application engineering courses as required
5. Special programming as required
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 129 of 274  






1.6.03_IRC5 APT-KS-IPS: Kleben Sealing – Integriertes Prozesssystem

Electrical equipment service personnel

APT-IDFPS-B: Sealing Basics


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, plant managers, project managers, planners, –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
start-up engineers, electrical equipment service personnel –– Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Using the IDFP system and controlling the functions Course duration: 4 days
–– Making the necessary calibrations after exchanging components or when Number of participants: 4 persons
using new application media Maximum: 4 persons per training robot
–– Independently developing, implementing, testing, optimising and Dates: Subject to agreement
documenting simple application programs Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Making changes/optimisations to the application Price: 2,400 EUR / participant

Contents Contact
–– Occupational health and safety in dealing with the application Claudia Hillebrand
–– Getting to know the functioning of the application Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
“Integrated Dispensing Function Pac” Daniela Kehrer
–– Getting to know and applying application related data types, instructions Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
and software commands Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Programming adhesive seams roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Evaluating and optimising seam results
–– Architecture of the “IntegratedProzessSystem” Overview of training plan
–– Getting to know and using software programs that support the application 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
(RobView, terminal program, FTP programs) 2. IRC5 SE: Electrical equipment course
–– Backup and diagnosis 3. IRC5 SD: Faults and Diagnostics
–– Restoring defective systems 4. Application engineering courses as required
–– Performing an IPS software update 5. Special programming as required
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 130 of 274  






Electrical equipment service personnel

IRC5 APT-IDFPS-SE: Sealing Electric


Target Group Prerequisites
Startup engineers, electrical service and application personnel –– Basic course PG1 of the respective controller generation
–– Basic computer skills
Course goals –– Electro-technical training
–– System overview
–– To locate faults in the system Information
–– Reducing downtime to a minimum by rapid error identification Course duration: 4 days
–– Ability to commission an IDFP system Number of participants: 4 persons
Maximum: 4 persons per training robot
Contents Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Occupational health and safety Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Detailed description of the form and function of the data backup Price: 2,400 EUR / participant
–– Working with schematics
–– Practical exercises for error detection, systematic troubleshooting Contact
using appropriate software (RobView, RobotStudio, terminal program) Claudia Hillebrand
–– Creating a system Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Loading and executing test programs Daniela Kehrer
–– Getting to know the IDFP structure, soft and hardware Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Basic settings of the IDFP control Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Solving application problems roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Carrying out an IPS software update
–– Connections of the application modules in the IRC5 controller Overview of training plan
–– Swopping components and tuning the system 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 SE: Electrical equipment course
3. IRC5 SD: Faults and Diagnostics
4. Application engineering courses as required
5. Special programming as required
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 131 of 274  






1.6.04_IRC5 PSw-C: Conveyor Tracking

Electrical equipment service personnel

IRC5 PS-C: Conveyor tracking


Target group Prerequisites
Project managers, programmers, planners, start-up engineers, electrical –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
equipment service personnel –– Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Connecting material handling technology to the robot system Course duration: 3 days
–– The programming of manufacturing processes with material handling Number of participants: 3 persons
synchronisation Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Individual course goals can be agreed together with the participants Dates: Subject to agreement
Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Contents Price: 1,900 EUR / participant
–– Occupational health and safety
–– Installation of the additional hardware components such as encoder Contact
module, encoder and start signal system Claudia Hillebrand
–– Determining the corresponding parameters Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Functional testing Daniela Kehrer
–– Programming the material handling synchronisation Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 SE: Electrical equipment course
3. IRC5 SD: Faults and Diagnostics
4. Application engineering courses as required
5. Special programming as required
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 132 of 274  






Electrical equipment service personnel

IRC5 PS-EE: Energy Efficiency


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, plant managers, project managers, planners, start-up –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
engineers, electrical equipment service personnel –– Advanced computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Utilisation of the energy saving features incorporated in RobotStudio Course duration: 2.5 days
–– Reducing energy consumption and wear Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Achieve gains in productivity Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Dates: Subject to agreement
Contents Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Occupational health and safety Price: 1,600 EUR / participant
–– Monitoring energy, temperature and performance at the robot
as well as in the virtual system Contact
–– Data analysis and processing Claudia Hillebrand
–– Motion optimisation: paths, velocities, acceleration Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Analysis of waiting time in a program Daniela Kehrer
–– Energy related RAPID-commands and system parameters Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 SE: Electrical equipment course
3. IRC5 SD: Faults and Diagnostics
4. Application engineering courses as required
5. Special programming as required
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 133 of 274  






1.6.06_IRC5 PS-FCM: Force Control for Machining

Electrical equipment service personnel

IRC5 PS-FCM: Force Control for Machining


Target group Prerequisites
Planners, start-up engineers, programmers –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
–– Basic computer skills
Course goals
–– Understanding and setting up the Force Control for Machining option Information
–– Getting to know the functionality of the force-controlled process regulation Course duration: 4 days
on the machined part Number of participants: 4 persons
–– This course provides an important basis. For the implementation of own Maximum: 4 persons per training robot
projects, an extensive deeper knowledge is required, accompanied by Dates: Subject to agreement
specific process expert coaching or self-study. Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Price: 2,400 EUR / participant
Contents
–– Occupational health and safety Contact
–– Producing a system with the Force Control for Machining option with the Claudia Hillebrand
help of the Graphical User Interface (GUI) Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Getting to know and using the graphical user interface Daniela Kehrer
–– Aligning the machined part with the force-controlled process regulation Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Getting to know and applying application relating instructions and Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
functions roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Programming the application processes – force-controlled process and
speed-controlled process Overview of training plan
–– Assembly basics 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 SE: Electrical equipment course
3. IRC5 SD: Faults and Diagnostics
4. Application engineering courses as required
5. Special programming as required
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 134 of 274  






Electrical equipment service personnel

IRC5 PS-IV: Integrated Vision


Target group Prerequisites
Planners, start-up engineers, programmers, maintenance personnel –– Participation in the course on Programming basics 2 or
the IRC5 Upgrade workshop
Course goals – – Advanced computer skills
Mechanical and electrical integration of camera systems
Information
Contents Course duration: 4 days
–– System Overview Number of participants: 3 persons
–– Installation and Setup Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– RobotStudio and FlexPendant user interface Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Camera configuration and calibration Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Vision tools and RAPID instructions Price: 2,400 EUR / participant
–– Functions and data types
Contact
Claudia Hillebrand
Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
Daniela Kehrer
Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 SE: Electrical equipment course
3. IRC5 SD: Faults and Diagnostics
4. Application engineering courses as required
5. Special programming as required
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 135 of 274  






1.6.07_IRC5 PS-S: SafeMove

Electrical equipment service personnel

IRC5 PS-S+EPS: SafeMove and EPS


Target group Prerequisites
Planners, start-up engineers, programmers, electrical equipment service –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
personnel –– Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Mechanical / Electrical integration of the SafeMove card Course duration: 4 days
–– Creating the system prerequisites for the operation of SafeMove Number of participants: 6 persons
–– Configuration of the SafeMove card Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Dates: Subject to agreement
Contents Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Occupational health and safety Price: 2,400 EUR / participant
–– Mechanical installation and electrical integration of the SafeMove card
–– Connecting an initiator Contact
–– Producing a system with the SafeMove option Claudia Hillebrand
–– Creating a security user Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Configuration of the SafeMove application Daniela Kehrer
–– Help routines for supporting SafeMove Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Using the TestSignalViewer to integrate external axes Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Testing and documentation of the SafeMove configuration roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Final functional testing
Overview of training plan
1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 SE: Electrical equipment course
3. IRC5 SD: Faults and Diagnostics
4. Application engineering courses as required
5. Special programming as required
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 136 of 274  






1.6.08_IRC5 PS-M: Multitasking

Electrical equipment service personnel

IRC5 PS-M: Multitasking


Target group Prerequisites
Project managers, planners, start-up engineers, electrical equipment service –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
personnel –– Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Getting to know and programming the functionality of controls when Course duration: 4 days
applying the option of Multitasking Number of participants: 3 persons
Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Contents Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Occupational health and safety Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Functioning of the controls in Multitasking Price: 2,400 EUR / participant
–– Storage structure and structure of system parameters
–– Programming and integrating background tasks Contact
–– Synchronisation of a foreground and background task Claudia Hillebrand
–– Using joint data elements Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Using interrupt programming Daniela Kehrer
–– Sequence chains and dispatcher programming Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Creating a background task with different priorities Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Proposed solutions roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 SE: Electrical equipment course
3. IRC5 SD: Faults and Diagnostics
4. Application engineering courses as required
5. Special programming as required
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 137 of 274  






Electrical equipment service personnel

IRC5 PS-MMV: MultiMove


Target group Prerequisites
Start-up engineers, programmers, plant manager, electrical equipment service –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
personnel, project managers, planners –– Advanced computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Understanding MultiMove Course duration: 5 days
–– Commissioning and programming MultiMove systems Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Measuring and monitoring the associated coordinate systems Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Writing movement programs (independent, synchronous, coordinated) Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Mastering Special MMV declarations and instructions Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Price: 2,600 EUR / participant
Contents Notes: Exercises on robots are performed on the systems and types of
–– Occupational health and safety robots that are available at the Training Center for Robots
–– Structure of the hardware
–– Creating a system with MultiMove Contact
–– Calibration of monitoring systems Claudia Hillebrand
–– Getting to know measurement methods for tool / work object and basic Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
coordinates (Applying measurement routines) Daniela Kehrer
–– Testing the coordination of movement Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– System parameters and backup Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Loading, editing, starting up and saving tasks roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Programming of independent, synchronized and coordinated movements
–– Controlling movement tasks with additional management tasks Overview of training plan
1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 SE: Electrical equipment course
3. IRC5 SD: Faults and Diagnostics
4. Application engineering courses as required
5. Special programming as required
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 138 of 274  






Electrical equipment service personnel

IRC5 PS-RWMT: RobotWare Machine Tending


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, startup engineers, plant managers, –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
Electrical equipment service personnel, –– Knowledge of working with RobotStudio
employees of companies with material handling robots –– Advanced computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Integration of RobotWare Machine Tending in an Course duration: 5 days
automated material handling system Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Contents Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Configuration of the User-Interface Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Homepos Running Price: 2,600 EUR / participant
–– Knowledge of datatypes, instructions / functions
–– Programming guidelines Contact
–– Event handling Claudia Hillebrand
–– Operation and remote control with signal interface Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– RobotWare Machine Tending Powerpack Daniela Kehrer
Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 SE: Electrical equipment course
3. IRC5 SD: Faults and Diagnostics
4. Application engineering courses as required
5. Special programming as required
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 139 of 274  






1.6.09_IRC5 PS-XP: Externe Achsen Programmieren

Electrical equipment service personnel

IRC5 PS-X1: Programming external axes


Target group Prerequisites
Planners, project managers, start-up engineers, programmers, electrical –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
equipment service personnel –– Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Getting to know the control functions Course duration: 6 days
–– Using external axes in the robot system Number of participants: 3 persons
–– Moving the robot or the work object using coordinated external axes Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Dates: Subject to agreement
Contents Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Occupational health and safety Price: 1,900 EUR / participant
–– Programming with an axis that rotates a device
–– Programming uncoordinated linear and rotating axes Contact
–– Programming coordinated linear and rotating axes Claudia Hillebrand
–– Programming dependent axes Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Programming independent axes Daniela Kehrer
–– Programming a robot on a process axis Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Measuring coordinate systems and moved work objects Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 SE: Electrical equipment course
3. IRC5 SD: Faults and Diagnostics
4. Application engineering courses as required
5. Special programming as required
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 140 of 274  






1.6.10_IRC5 PS-X: Externe Achsen Programmieren und Konfigurieren

Electrical equipment service personnel

IRC5 PS-X2: Configuring external axes


Target group Prerequisites
Planners, project managers, start-up engineers, programmers, electrical –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
equipment service personnel –– Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Getting to know the control functions Course duration: 3 days
–– Commissioning an external axis Number of participants: 3 persons
–– Using external axes in the robot system Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Moving the robot or the work object using coordinated external axes Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Functioning of all components and error diagnostics Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Individual course goals can be agreed together with the participants Price: 1,900 EUR / participant

Contents Contact
–– Occupational health and safety Claudia Hillebrand
–– Circuit diagrams, connection variants Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Booting for external axes Daniela Kehrer
–– Rectifiers, driver stages, motor units for external axes Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Carrying out configurations and system parameters based on defined Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
specifications roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Fine-tuning the server control by recording its regular behaviour
–– Special features such as external transmissions, IndependentMove Overview of training plan
–– Programming with an axis that rotates a device 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
–– Programming uncoordinated linear and rotating axes 2. IRC5 SE: Electrical equipment course
–– Programming coordinated linear and rotating axes 3. IRC5 SD: Faults and Diagnostics
–– Programming dependent axes 4. Application engineering courses as required
–– Programming independent axes 5. Special programming as required
–– Programming a robot on a process axis 6. Safety
–– Measuring coordinate systems and moved work objects 7. Individual refresher course / advanced course
–– Activating and deactivating external axes

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 141 of 274  






Electrical equipment service personnel

IRC5 PS-X3: Trimming external axes


Target group Prerequisites
Start-up engineers, programmers, electrical equipment service personnel –– IRC5 PS-X2: Configuring external axes
–– Electrical expertise
Course goals –– Advanced computer skills
–– Control intervention and getting to know additional axes
–– Optimized control Information
–– Evaluation of the quality of control in relation to the automation task Course duration: 2.5 days
Number of participants: 3 persons
Contents Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Occupational health and safety Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Fine-tuning servo control by recording the control response Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Utilizing TuneMaster Price: 1,600 EUR / participant
–– Displaying and recording control signals
Contact
Claudia Hillebrand
Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
Daniela Kehrer
Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 SE: Electrical equipment course
3. IRC5 SD: Faults and Diagnostics
4. Application engineering courses as required
5. Special programming as required
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 142 of 274  






Electrical equipment service personnel

IRC5 PS-YuMi
Target Group Prerequisites
Programmers, startup engineers, plant managers, project managers, planners –– IRC5 PG1
and electrical equipment service personnel with experience of IRC5 who want –– Basic computer skills
to use the YuMi robot system.
Information
Course goals Course duration: 3 days
–– Independent execution of YuMi operating functions Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Independently developing, implementing, testing, optimizing and Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
the documentation of simple movement programs Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Basic knowledge of IRC5 is a prerequisite Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Price: 1,900 EUR / participant
Contents
–– Occupational health and safety Contact
–– Using the YuMi App to program Pick and Place tasks Claudia Hillebrand
–– Use of MultiMove for synchronized movement Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Introduction to the IntegratedVision application for object recognition Daniela Kehrer
Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 SE: Electrical equipment course
3. IRC5 SD: Faults and Diagnostics
4. Application engineering courses as required
5. Special programming as required
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 143 of 274  






Electrical equipment service personnel

IRC5 PS-ProfiNet
Target group Prerequisites
Start-up engineers, service personnel, programmers –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
–– Knowledge concerning Siemens STEP7
Course goals
–– Logging I/O Unit onto ProfiNet Bus System via IRC5 serial interface Information
–– Configuration of the serial interface Course duration: 3 days
–– Dealing with faults Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Contents Dates: Subject to agreement
–– ProfiNet Basics Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Creating ProfiNet Topology Price: 1,900 EUR / participant
–– Configuration of the serial interface
–– Creating and managing a new project Contact
(saving, compiling, loading, testing and archiving) Claudia Hillebrand
–– Analysing and rectifying faults Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Component replacement Daniela Kehrer
Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 SE: Electrical equipment course
3. IRC5 SD: Faults and Diagnostics
4. Application engineering courses as required
5. Special programming as required
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 144 of 274  






1.6.12_IRC5 MachineSafety

Electrical equipment service personnel

IRC5 Machine Safety


Target group Prerequisites
Plant managers, maintenance personnel, safety officials, designers, planners Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


Insight into Machine Safety requirements of robotic workstations Course duration: 4 days
Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
Contents Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Overview and classification Dates: Subject to agreement
–– In context: Machinery Directives 2006/42/EC – Product Safety Act Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Insight into: Machinery Directives 2006/42/EC, 1st Appendix Price: 2,400 EUR / participant
a) Basic health and safety requirements
b) Explanation: Machinery – incomplete machinery Contact
c) EC – Declaration of Conformity – Installation Instructions Claudia Hillebrand
d) Commissioning and start-up of a machine Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
e) Applying directives and harmonized standards Daniela Kehrer
f) Approach to risk assessment Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
g) Risk appraisal Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
h) Risk evaluation roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Case Study: Robot safety of the latest generation
Overview of training plan
1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 SE: Electrical equipment course
3. IRC5 SD: Faults and Diagnostics
4. Application engineering courses as required
5. Special programming as required
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 145 of 274  






Electrical equipment service personnel

IRC5 PS-S-Adm: SafeMove Administrator


Target group Prerequisites
–– Programmers, startup engineers, plant managers and service personnel, IRC5 PS-S Safe Move and IRC5 Machine Safety
responsible for programming with SafeMove
Information
Course goals Course duration: 3 days
–– Testing and acceptance of SafeMove programming Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Access concept and documentation Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Dates: Subject to agreement
Contents Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Occupational health and safety Price: 1,400 EUR / participant
–– Over-run principle
–– Simulation in RobotStudio Contact
–– Testing on a robot Claudia Hillebrand
–– Managing access rights Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Documentation of the complete safety concept Daniela Kehrer
–– Final examination for all courses of the training series: Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
(IRC5 PG1, IRC5 PS-S, IRC5 MS, IRC5 PS-S-Adm) Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Presentation of certificates and permits roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5 SE: Electrical equipment course
3. IRC5 SD: Faults and Diagnostics
4. Application engineering courses as required
5. Special programming as required
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 146 of 274  






1.7.00_Ausbildungsplan Applikationstechniker

Overview of courses

Industrial robot IRC5


Application engineer training plan
Training plan blocks are linked to the associated course descriptions.
Click on “Overview of training plan” to go back.

Individual refresher
course / advanced course

Special programming as
required

Application engineering
courses as required

IRC5 PG1:
Programming basics 1

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 147 of 274  






1.7.01_IRC5 PG1: Programmiergrundlagen 1

Application engineers

IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, startup engineers, plant managers, project managers, Basic computer skills
planners, electrical equipment service personnel
Information
Course goals Course duration: 5 days
–– Independent execution of operating functions Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Independently developing, implementing, testing, optimising and Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
documenting simple movement programs Dates: Subject to agreement
Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Contents Price: 2,050 EUR / participant
–– Occupational health and safety
–– Structure and function of the robot system, dialogue concept of Contact
FlexPendant / RobotStudio Claudia Hillebrand
–– RAPID program structure Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Types of movement in manual and automatic operation Daniela Kehrer
–– Writing simple movement programs Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Monitoring input and output signals Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Testing measuring system roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Measuring tool and work object
–– Loading and saving modules and programs and system parameters Overview of training plan
–– Error messages and status report 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
–– Backup 2. Application engineering courses as required
–– Performing handling tasks 3. Special programming as required
–– Programming robot movements and controlling the gripper 4. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 148 of 274  






1.7.02_IRC5 APT-F: Fräsen

Application engineers

IRC5 APT-F: Milling


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, plant managers –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control
generation
Course goals –– Basic computer skills
–– Changing and / or optimising the application
Information
Contents Course duration: 2 days
–– Occupational health and safety in dealing with the application Number of participants: 3 persons
–– Training on a milling station Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Producing your own data relevant to the milling process Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Writing and testing application program Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Adjusting and improving milling processes Price: 1,400 EUR / participant

Contact
Claudia Hillebrand
Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
Daniela Kehrer
Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 149 of 274  






1.7.05_IRC5 APT-KS-IPS: Kleben Sealing – Integriertes Prozesssystem

Application engineers

APT-IDFPS-B: Sealing Basics


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, plant managers, project managers, planners, –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control
start-up engineers, electrical equipment service personnel generation
–– Basic computer skills
Course goals
–– Using the IDFP system and controlling the functions Information
–– Making the necessary calibrations after exchanging components or when Course duration: 4 days
using new application media Number of participants: 4 persons
–– Independently developing, implementing, testing, optimising and Maximum: 4 persons per training robot
documenting simple application programs Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Making changes/optimisations to the application Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Price: 2,400 EUR / participant
Contents
–– Occupational health and safety in dealing with the application Contact
–– Getting to know the functioning of the application Claudia Hillebrand
“Integrated Dispensing Function Pac” Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Getting to know and applying application related data types, instructions Daniela Kehrer
and software commands Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Programming adhesive seams Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Evaluating and optimising seam results roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Architecture of the “IntegratedProzessSystem”
–– Getting to know and using software programs that support the application Overview of training plan
(RobView, terminal program, FTP programs) 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
–– Backup and diagnosis 2. Application engineering courses as required
–– Restoring defective systems 3. Special programming as required
–– Performing an IPS software update 4. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 150 of 274  






Application engineers

IRC5 APT-IDFPS-SE: Sealing Electric


Target Group Prerequisites
Startup engineers, electrical service and application personnel –– Basic course PG1 of the respective controller
generation
Course goals –– Basic computer skills
–– System overview –– Electro-technical training
–– To locate faults in the system
–– Reducing downtime to a minimum by rapid error identification Information
–– Ability to commission an IDFP system Course duration: 4 days
Number of participants: 4 persons
Contents Maximum: 4 persons per training robot
–– Occupational health and safety Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Detailed description of the form and function of the data backup Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Working with schematics Price: 2,400 EUR / participant
–– Practical exercises for error detection, systematic troubleshooting
using appropriate software (RobView, RobotStudio, terminal program) Contact
–– Creating a system Claudia Hillebrand
–– Loading and executing test programs Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Getting to know the IDFP structure, soft and hardware Daniela Kehrer
–– Basic settings of the IDFP control Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Solving application problems Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Carrying out an IPS software update roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Connections of the application modules in the IRC5 controller
–– Swopping components and tuning the system Overview of training plan
1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 151 of 274  






1.7.04_IRC5 APT-KS-A: Kleben Sealing – Applikation

Application engineers

IRC5 APT-IDFPS-ME: Sealing Mechanic


Target group Prerequisites
Mechanical service personnel, application engineers –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control
generation
Course goals –– Basic computer skills
–– Performing necessary maintenance, replacing components or worn parts,
servicing and error diagnostics Information
–– Making the necessary calibrations on mechanical components Course duration: 3 days
–– Making changes to the application Number of participants: 3 persons
Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Contents Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Occupational health and safety in dealing with the application Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Getting to know the functioning of the application Price: 1,900 EUR / participant
“Integrated Dispensing Function Pac”
–– Getting to know and applying application related instructions and software Contact
commands Claudia Hillebrand
–– Getting to know and applying application related data types Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Carrying out maintenance and repairs on SPA400 / SPA410 Daniela Kehrer
–– Carrying out maintenance and repairs on the dosing device Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Functional testing of the hardware components Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Performing settings and calibrations roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Using and understanding the relevant maintenance instructions
Overview of training plan
1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 152 of 274  






1.7.06_IRC5 APT-P: Punktschweißen

Application engineers

IRC5 APT-P: Spot welding


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, start-up engineers, plant managers, application engineers –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control
generation
Course goals –– Basic computer skills
–– This application gives you the skills you need to safely move the IRB with
integrated spot welding tongs Information
–– Setting up spot welding tongs on the IRB Course duration: 2 days
–– Teaching basic skills on the structure and process in a spot welding plant Number of participants: 3 persons
–– Recognising and optimising problematic processes Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Changing and / or optimising the application Dates: Subject to agreement
Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Contents Price: 1,400 EUR / participant
–– Occupational health and safety in dealing with the application
–– Mechanical and electrical structure of the application Contact
–– Teaching the application software SpotWare Claudia Hillebrand
–– Connecting the welding controls to the controls of the robot system Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Getting to know and applying application related instructions and software Daniela Kehrer
commands Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Getting to know and applying application related data types Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Adjusting application related system parameters roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Tong measurement
–– Writing and testing application program Overview of training plan
1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 153 of 274  






1.7.07_IRC5 APT-RB: Rollbördeln

Application engineers

IRC5 APT-RB: Roller beading


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, start-up engineers, plant managers, application engineers –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control
generation
Course goals –– Basic computer skills
–– This application gives you the skills you need to safely move the IRB with
integrated roller beading tool Information
–– Setting up a roll beading tool on the IRB Course duration: 3 days
–– Teaching basic skills on the structure and process in a roll beading Number of participants: 3 persons
application Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Recognising and optimising problematic processes Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Changing and / or optimising the application Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Price: 1,900 EUR / participant
Contents
–– Occupational health and safety in dealing with the application Contact
–– Mechanical and electrical structure of the application Claudia Hillebrand
–– How the system works Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Adjusting application related system parameters Daniela Kehrer
–– Getting to know and applying application related instructions and software Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
commands Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Discussing RH system modules roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Performing RH calibration
–– Writing and testing application program Overview of training plan
1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 154 of 274  






1.7.08_IRC5 APT-S1: Schutzgasschweißen 1

Application engineers

IRC5 APT-S1: Shielded arc welding 1


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, start-up engineers, plant managers, application engineers –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control
generation
Course goals –– Basic computer skills
–– Making changes to the application
–– Making weld seams Information
Course duration: 3 days
Contents Number of participants: 3 persons
–– Occupational health and safety in dealing with the application Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Teaching the application software ArcWare Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Using the ABB-Production-Manager Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Getting to know and applying application related instructions and software Price: 1,900 EUR / participant
commands
–– Programming weld seams with predefined welding data Contact
–– Correcting weld seams Claudia Hillebrand
Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
Daniela Kehrer
Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 155 of 274  






1.7.09_IRC5 APT-S2: Schutzgasschweißen 2

Application engineers

IRC5 APT-S2: Shielded arc welding 2


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, start-up engineers, plant managers, application engineers –– Participation in the application course on Inert gas
welding 1
Course goals –– Arc welding skills
–– The independent programming of a welding plant –– Basic computer skills
–– Making changes/optimisations to the application
Information
Contents Course duration: 5 days
–– Occupational health and safety in dealing with the application Number of participants: 3 persons
–– Safety with robot welding plants Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Occupational health and safety of inert gas welding Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Adjusting application related system parameters Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Systematic structure of a welding program with observation of the Price: 2,600 EUR / participant
programming guidelines
–– Definition of seam, pendulum and welding data Contact
–– Programming weld seams Claudia Hillebrand
–– Programming with external axes Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Troubleshooting the welding program Daniela Kehrer
–– Error diagnostics in the welding program Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Automatic TCP measurement and monitoring Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Basics of the different types of arcs roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Welding with different material strengths
–– Documenting the welding routines Overview of training plan
1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 156 of 274  






1.7.10_IRC5 PS-C: Conveyor Tracking

Application engineers

IRC5 PS-C: Conveyor tracking


Target group Prerequisites
Project managers, programmers, planners, start-up engineers, electrical –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control
equipment service personnel generation
–– Basic computer skills
Course goals
–– Connecting material handling technology to the robot system Information
–– The programming of manufacturing processes with material handling Course duration: 3 days
synchronisation Number of participants: 3 persons
–– Individual course goals can be agreed together with the participants Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Dates: Subject to agreement
Contents Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Occupational health and safety Price: 1,900 EUR / participant
–– Installation of the additional hardware components such as encoder
module, encoder and start signal system Contact
–– Determining the corresponding parameters Claudia Hillebrand
–– Functional testing Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Programming the material handling synchronisation Daniela Kehrer
Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 157 of 274  






1.7.12_IRC5 PS-HPR: HomePosRunning

Application engineers

IRC5 PS-HPR: HomePosRunning


Target group Prerequisites
Planners, start-up engineers, programmers –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control
generation
Course goals –– Basic computer skills
–– Understanding and setting up the HomePosRunning option
–– Definition and secure storage of the machined parts with the Information
HomePosRunning functionality Course duration: 3 days
Number of participants: 4 persons
Contents Maximum: 4 persons per training robot
–– Occupational health and safety Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Producing a system with the HomePosRunning option Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Functionality and operation of HomePosRunning Price: 1,900 EUR / participant
–– Writing a program whilst taking into account the HomePosRunning
functionality Contact
–– Getting to know and applying application relating instructions and Claudia Hillebrand
functions Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Final functional testing Daniela Kehrer
Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 158 of 274  






1.7.13_IRC5 PS-FCM: Force Control for Machining

Application engineers

IRC5 PS-FCM: Force Control for Machining


Target group Prerequisites
Planners, start-up engineers, programmers –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control
generation
Course goals –– Basic computer skills
–– Understanding and setting up the Force Control for Machining option
–– Getting to know the functionality of the force-controlled process regulation Information
on the machined part Course duration: 4 days
–– This course provides an important basis. For the implementation of own Number of participants: 4 persons
projects, an extensive deeper knowledge is required, accompanied by Maximum: 4 persons per training robot
specific process expert coaching or self-study. Dates: Subject to agreement
Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Contents Price: 2,400 EUR / participant
–– Occupational health and safety
–– Producing a system with the Force Control for Machining option with the Contact
help of the Graphical User Interface (GUI) Claudia Hillebrand
–– Getting to know and using the graphical user interface Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Aligning the machined part with the force-controlled process regulation Daniela Kehrer
–– Getting to know and applying application relating instructions and Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
functions Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Programming the application processes – force-controlled process and roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
speed-controlled process
–– Assembly basics Overview of training plan
1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 159 of 274  






1.7.15_IRC5 PS-S: SafeMove

Application engineers

IRC5 PS-S+EPS: SafeMove and EPS


Target group Prerequisites
Planners, start-up engineers, programmers, electrical equipment service –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control
personnel generation
–– Basic computer skills
Course goals
–– Mechanical / Electrical integration of the SafeMove card Information
–– Creating the system prerequisites for the operation of SafeMove Course duration: 4 days
–– Configuration of the SafeMove card Number of participants: 6 persons
Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Contents Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Occupational health and safety Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Mechanical installation and electrical integration of the SafeMove card Price: 2,400 EUR / participant
–– Connecting an initiator
–– Producing a system with the SafeMove option Contact
–– Creating a security user Claudia Hillebrand
–– Configuration of the SafeMove application Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Help routines for supporting SafeMove Daniela Kehrer
–– Using the TestSignalViewer to integrate external axes Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Testing and documentation of the SafeMove configuration Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Final functional testing roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 160 of 274  






1.7.16_IRC5 PS-M: Multitasking

Application engineers

IRC5 PS-M: Multitasking


Target group Prerequisites
Project managers, planners, start-up engineers, electrical equipment service –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control
personnel generation
–– Basic computer skills
Course goals
–– Getting to know and programming the functionality of controls when Information
applying the option of Multitasking Course duration: 4 days
Number of participants: 3 persons
Contents Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Occupational health and safety Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Functioning of the controls in Multitasking Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Storage structure and structure of system parameters Price: 2,400 EUR / participant
–– Programming and integrating background tasks
–– Synchronisation of a foreground and background task Contact
–– Using joint data elements Claudia Hillebrand
–– Using interrupt programming Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Sequence chains and dispatcher programming Daniela Kehrer
–– Creating a background task with different priorities Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Proposed solutions Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 161 of 274  






1.7.17_IRC5 PS-MMV-K: MultiMove – Konfigurieren

Application engineers

IRC5 PS-MMV: MultiMove


Target group Prerequisites
Start-up engineers, programmers, plant manager, electrical equipment service –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control
personnel, project managers, planners generation
–– Advanced computer skills
Course goals
–– Understanding MultiMove Information
–– Commissioning and programming MultiMove systems Course duration: 5 days
–– Measuring and monitoring the associated coordinate systems Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Writing movement programs (independent, synchronous, coordinated) Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Mastering Special MMV declarations and instructions Dates: Subject to agreement
Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Contents Price: 2,600 EUR / participant
–– Occupational health and safety Notes: Exercises on robots are performed on the systems
–– Structure of the hardware and types of robots that are available at the Training
–– Creating a system with MultiMove Center for Robots
–– Calibration of monitoring systems
–– Getting to know measurement methods for tool / work object and basic Contact
coordinates (Applying measurement routines) Claudia Hillebrand
–– Testing the coordination of movement Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– System parameters and backup Daniela Kehrer
–– Loading, editing, starting up and saving tasks Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Programming of independent, synchronized and coordinated movements Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Controlling movement tasks with additional management tasks roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 162 of 274  






1.7.19_IRC5 PS-PM: PickMaster 3

Application engineers

IRC5 PS-PM: PickMaster 3 basics


Target group Prerequisites
Planners, start-up engineers, programmers, project managers –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control
generation
Course goals –– Basic computer skills
–– Carrying out the electrical and mechanical commissioning of the robot
system Information
–– Knowing the basic functions of PickMaster Course duration: 5 days
–– Connecting material handling technology to the robot system Number of participants: 3 persons per company
–– This course provides an important basis. For the implementation of own Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
projects, an extensive deeper knowledge is required, accompanied by Dates: Subject to agreement
specific process expert coaching or self-study. Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Price: 2,600 EUR / participant
Contents
–– Occupational health and safety Contact
–– System structure Claudia Hillebrand
–– Installation of the PickMaster software Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Structure and wiring of a PickMaster system Daniela Kehrer
–– Structure of the robot programs Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Defining lines and projects Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Calibrating the camera roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Calibrating material handling technology
–– PLC connection Overview of training plan
–– Backing up the whole system 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 163 of 274  






1.7.20_IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio

Application engineers

IRC5 PS-RS-Online: RobotStudio Online


Target Group Prerequisites
Startup engineers, plant managers, maintenance and service personnel –– Basic course PG1 of the respective controller
generation
Course goals –– Basic computer skills
–– Use RobotStudio in practice with the robot controller
–– This course does not cover CAD programming in RobotStudio Information
Course duration: 3 days
Contents Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Creation and modification of systems, as well as booting systems Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Networking, design and online communication with RobotStudio Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Creating so-called “relationships” between the robot controller and virtual Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
systems (transmission and comparison of data elements) Price: 1,800 EUR / participant
–– I/O configuration
–– Creation of virtual duplicates, program editor Contact
–– Online tools, “Job” creation Claudia Hillebrand
–– Online signal analysis Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
Daniela Kehrer
Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 164 of 274  






Application engineers

IRC5 PS-RS1: RobotStudio 1


Target Group Prerequisites
–– Planners, startup engineers, programmers, plant managers and project –– Basic course PG1 of the respective controller
managers generation
–– Basic computer skills
Course goals
–– Visualising and creating complex tasks for robot control systems using Information
the RobotStudio offline tool Course duration: 5 days
–– Programming without direct intervention in the robot (offline) Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Contents Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Occupational health and safety Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Installation and licensing issues Price: 2,150 EUR / participant
–– Work surface functions
–– Data management and project related structures in RobotStudio Contact
–– Integration of geometric data, CAD data formats Claudia Hillebrand
–– Possibilities for creation of systems and units Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Design of the robot work environment in RobotStudio Daniela Kehrer
–– Creation and editing graphic components Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Base frame systems in RobotStudio Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Creation and measurement of tools and work objects roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Bringing movement to graphic objects
–– Creating positions and paths Overview of training plan
–– Check accessibility of positions 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
–– Automatic path generation on curved bodies 2. Application engineering courses as required
–– Synchronizing data between the unit and the virtual system 3. Special programming as required
–– Integration of the program editor 4. Individual refresher course / advanced course
–– Possibilities for simulation, cycle times, collision check and signal analysis
–– Recording applications
–– Incorporating external axes
–– Programming a MultiMove station
–– Replication and practical testing on a robot training unit

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 165 of 274  






Application engineers

IRC5 PS-RS2: RobotStudio 2


Target Group Prerequisites
Offline programmers, simulation and construction engineers, –– IRC5 PS-RS1: RobotStudio 1
startup engineers, planners –– Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Implementation of simulation tasks for new systems with Course duration: 5 days
SmartComponents Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Carry out cycle time investigations Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Optimization and modification of existing systems with RobotStudio Dates: Subject to agreement
Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Contents Price: 2,200 EUR / participant
–– Features relating to the integration of existing programs into RobotStudio
–– Visualization of SafeMove zones Contact
–– SmartComponents Claudia Hillebrand
–– System design with material flow and logic components Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– I/O configuration in simulation and control Daniela Kehrer
–– Bringing movement to graphic objects Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Screenmaker, for customizing teach pendant screens Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 166 of 274  






1.7.21_IRC5 PS-XP: Externe Achsen Programmieren

Application engineers

IRC5 PS-X1: Programming external axes


Target group Prerequisites
Planners, project managers, start-up engineers, programmers, electrical –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control
equipment service personnel generation
–– Basic computer skills
Course goals
–– Getting to know the control functions Information
–– Using external axes in the robot system Course duration: 6 days
–– Moving the robot or the work object using coordinated external axes Number of participants: 3 persons
Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
Contents Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Occupational health and safety Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Programming with an axis that rotates a device Price: 1,900 EUR / participant
–– Programming uncoordinated linear and rotating axes
–– Programming coordinated linear and rotating axes Contact
–– Programming dependent axes Claudia Hillebrand
–– Programming independent axes Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Programming a robot on a process axis Daniela Kehrer
–– Measuring coordinate systems and moved work objects Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 167 of 274  






1.7.22_IRC5 PS-X: Externe Achsen Programmieren und Konfigurieren

Application engineers

IRC5 PS-X2: Configuring external axes


Target group Prerequisites
Planners, project managers, start-up engineers, programmers, electrical –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control
equipment service personnel generation
–– Basic computer skills
Course goals
–– Getting to know the control functions Information
–– Commissioning an external axis Course duration: 3 days
–– Using external axes in the robot system Number of participants: 3 persons
–– Moving the robot or the work object using coordinated external axes Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Functioning of all components and error diagnostics Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Individual course goals can be agreed together with the participants Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Price: 1,900 EUR / participant
Contents
–– Occupational health and safety Contact
–– Circuit diagrams, connection variants Claudia Hillebrand
–– Booting for external axes Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Rectifiers, driver stages, motor units for external axes Daniela Kehrer
–– Carrying out configurations and system parameters based on defined Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
specifications Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Fine-tuning the server control by recording its regular behaviour roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Special features such as external transmissions, IndependentMove
–– Programming with an axis that rotates a device Overview of training plan
–– Programming uncoordinated linear and rotating axes 1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
–– Programming coordinated linear and rotating axes 2. Application engineering courses as required
–– Programming dependent axes 3. Special programming as required
–– Programming independent axes 4. Individual refresher course / advanced course
–– Programming a robot on a process axis
–– Measuring coordinate systems and moved work objects
–– Activating and deactivating external axes

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 168 of 274  






Application engineers

IRC5 PS-X3: Trimming external axes


Target group Prerequisites
Start-up engineers, programmers, electrical equipment service personnel –– IRC5 PS-X2: Configuring external axes
–– Electrical expertise
Course goals –– Advanced computer skills
–– Control intervention and getting to know additional axes
–– Optimized control Information
–– Evaluation of the quality of control in relation to the automation task Course duration: 2.5 days
Number of participants: 3 persons
Contents Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Occupational health and safety Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Fine-tuning servo control by recording the control response Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Utilizing TuneMaster Price: 1,600 EUR / participant
–– Displaying and recording control signals
Contact
Claudia Hillebrand
Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
Daniela Kehrer
Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 169 of 274  






1.8_Ausbildungsplan Führungskräfte

Overview of courses

Industrial robot IRC5


Manager training plan
Training plan blocks are linked to the associated course descriptions.
Click on “Overview of training plan” to go back.

IRC5:
Introductory course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 170 of 274  






1.8.1_IRC5 Einführungskurs Industrieroboter

Manager

IRC5: Introductory course – Industrial robots


Target group Prerequisites
Managers, planners, administrative staff None

Course goals Information


–– Getting to know the fields of application for robots Course duration: 2 days
–– Perform operating functions independently Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Manual operation Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Loading and testing programs Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Insight into the fields of work of plant operators, programmers and Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
maintenance engineers Price: 950 EUR / participant
–– Getting to know the way personnel and procedures cooperate
Contact
Contents Claudia Hillebrand
–– Occupational health and safety Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Robot applications in production practice Daniela Kehrer
–– Configuration and function of a robot system Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Types of movement in manual and automatic mode Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Control of inputs and outputs roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Loading and saving modules and programs
–– Error messages and situation description Overview of training plan
–– Documentation and technical support from ABB 1. IRC5: Introductory course – Industrial robots
–– Contact persons and procedures for selected issues

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 171 of 274  






01_IRC5 Individualkurse

Individual courses

IRC5 individual courses Overview of training plan

Standard and individual courses on site


Number of days Price for Monday to Friday Price for Saturday / Sunday
1 EUR 2,300 EUR 3,450
2 EUR 4,600 EUR 6,900
3 EUR 6,900
4 EUR 9,200
5 EUR 11,500
Each course on the first day from 1.00 pm to the last day at 1.00 pm, approx. 30 hours
Optional: Starts on the first day at 8.00 am if you book an additional half trainer day
Optional: Ends on the last day at 5.00 pm if you book an additional half trainer day

Individual courses in the Friedberg Training Center


Number of days Price for Monday to Friday Price for Saturday/Sunday
1 EUR 2,300 EUR 3,450
2 EUR 4,600 EUR 6,900
3 EUR 6,900
4 EUR 9,200
5 EUR 11,500

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 172 of 274  






2.1.00_Ausbildungsplan Anlagenbediener

Overview of courses

Painting robot IRC5P


Plant operator training plan
Training plan blocks are linked to the associated course descriptions.
Click on “Overview of training plan” to go back.

Individual refresher
course / advanced course

IRC5P BE-L:
Operation

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 173 of 274  






2.1.01_IRC5P BE-L: Bedienen Lackieren

Plant operators

IRC5P BE-L: Operation painting


Target group Prerequisites
Plant operators, mechanical service personnel, application engineers None

Course goals Information


–– Independent execution of operating functions Course duration: 3 days
–– Switching on and starting up the robot system Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Moving the mechanics with a joystick Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Loading, testing and optimising simple movement programs Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Recognising and rectifying simple faults and service interruptions (e.g. Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
emergency stop) Price: 1,500 EUR / participant
–– Making changes to the painting application
Contact
Contents Claudia Hillebrand
–– Occupational health and safety Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Structure and function of the robot system Daniela Kehrer
–– Types of movement in manual and automatic operation Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Monitoring input and output signals Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Loading and saving modules and programs roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Error messages and status report
–– Changing the fan geometry data and shift points Overview of training plan
1. IRC5P BE-L: Operation
2. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 174 of 274  






2.2.00_Ausbildungsplan Anlagenführer

Overview of courses

Painting robot IRC5P


Plant manager training plan
Training plan blocks are linked to the associated course descriptions.
Click on “Overview of training plan” to go back.

Individual refresher
course / advanced course

Safety

Special programming as
required

Application engineering
courses on Painting

IRC5P PG1-L:
Programming basics 1

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 175 of 274  






2.2.01_IRC5P PG1-L: Programmiergrundlagen 1 Lackieren

Plant managers

IRC5P PG1-L: Programming basics 1 Painting


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, plant managers, project managers, planners, electrical Basic computer skills
equipment service personnel
Information
Course goals Course duration: 5 days
–– Independent execution of operating functions Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Independently developing, implementing, testing, optimising and Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
documenting simple movement programs Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Changing and / or optimising the application Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Price: 2,400 EUR / participant
Contents
–– Occupational health and safety Contact
–– Structure and function of the robot system, dialogue concept of Claudia Hillebrand
FlexPendant / RobotStudio Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– RAPID program structure Daniela Kehrer
–– Types of movement in manual and automatic operation Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Writing simple movement programs Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Monitoring input and output signals roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Measuring tool and work object
–– Loading and saving modules and programs and system parameters Overview of training plan
–– Error messages and status report 1. IRC5P PG1-L: Programming basics 1
–– Backup 2. Application engineering courses on Painting
–– Programming with conveyor tracking 3. Special programming as required
–– Programming with the processware “Paintware” 4. Safety
–– Structure and functioning of the processware “RobView” 5. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 176 of 274  






2.2.02_IRC5P APT-L-IPS: Lackieren – Integriertes Prozesssystem

Plant managers

IRC5P APT-L-IPS: Painting – Integrated Process System


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, plant managers, project managers, planners, start-up –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
engineers, electrical equipment service personnel –– Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Using the IPS system and controlling the functions Course duration: 4 days
–– Making the necessary calibrations after exchanging components or when Number of participants: 4 persons
using new application media Maximum: 4 persons per training robot
–– Controlling painting processes; maintaining and configuring the control Dates: Subject to agreement
system Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Changing and / or optimising the application Price: 2,500 EUR / participant
–– Independently developing, implementing, testing, optimising and
documenting simple application programs Contact
Claudia Hillebrand
Contents Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Occupational health and safety in dealing with the application Daniela Kehrer
–– Architecture of the IPS system Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Explaining and understanding IPS configurations (open / closed loop) Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
– – Extending and optimising the existing IPS configuration roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
– – Getting to know and using software programs that support the application
(RobView, terminal program, FTP programs) Overview of training plan
– – Extending and optimising the existing IPS configuration 1. IRC5P PG1-L: Programming basics 1
– – Parametrisation of controllers 2. Application engineering courses on Painting
– – Calibration and adjustment of sensors 3. Special programming as required
– – Performing an IPS software update 4. Safety
– – Diagnosis 5. Individual refresher course / advanced course
– – Restoring defective systems
– – Performing an IPS software update

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 177 of 274  






2.2.03_IRC5P APT-L-KA: Lackieren – Konventionelle Applikation

Plant managers

IRC5P APT-L-KA: Painting – Conventional application


Target group Prerequisites
Application mechanics, start-up engineers, mechanical service personnel Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation

Course goals Information


–– Using the IPS system and controlling the functions Course duration: 3 days
–– Performing necessary maintenance, replacing components or worn parts, Number of participants: 3 persons
servicing and error diagnostics Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Making the necessary calibrations on mechanical components Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Making changes to the application Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Price: 2,100 EUR / participant
Contents
–– Occupational health and safety in dealing with the application Contact
–– Getting to know the functions of the conventional painting system Claudia Hillebrand
–– Recognising and locating faults in the IPS system (RobView) Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Exchanging hardware components and the associated adjustments Daniela Kehrer
–– Functional testing of the hardware components Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Performing settings and calibrations Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Using and understanding maintenance instructions roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Performing possible repairs on the hardware components
Overview of training plan
1. IRC5P PG1-L: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses on Painting
3. Special programming as required
4. Safety
5. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 178 of 274  






2.2.04_IRC5P APT-L-CBS: Lackieren – CartridgeBellSystem

Plant managers

IRC5P APT-L-CBS: Painting – CartridgeBellSystem


Target group Prerequisites
Application mechanics, start-up engineers, mechanical service personnel Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation

Course goals Information


–– Using the IPS system and controlling the functions Course duration: 3 days
–– Performing necessary maintenance, replacing components or worn parts, Number of participants: 3 persons
servicing and error diagnostics Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Making the necessary calibrations on mechanical components Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Making changes to the application Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Price: 2,100 EUR / participant
Contents
–– Occupational health and safety in dealing with the application Contact
–– Getting to know the functions and operating method of the CBS system Claudia Hillebrand
–– Recognising and locating faults in the IPS system (RobView) Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Exchanging hardware components and the associated adjustments Daniela Kehrer
–– Functional testing of the hardware components Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Performing settings and calibrations Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Using and understanding maintenance instructions roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Performing possible repairs on the hardware components
Overview of training plan
1. IRC5P PG1-L: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses on Painting
3. Special programming as required
4. Safety
5. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 179 of 274  






2.2.05_IRC5P PS-RS: RobotStudio

Plant managers

IRC5P PS-RS: RobotStudio Paint


Target group Prerequisites
Planners, start-up engineers, programmers, project managers –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
–– Advanced computer skills
Course goals –– Experience with a CAD program
–– Carrying out and visualising complex control tasks of a robot system with
the help of the offline tool RobotStudio Information
–– Writing a program without direct intervention in the robot (offline) Course duration: 5 days
Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
Contents Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Occupational health and safety Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Installation licensing issues Price: 2,150 EUR / participant
–– Work surface functions
–– Creating virtual systems Contact
–– Integration of geometric data and libraries Claudia Hillebrand
–– Creation and measurement of tools and work objects Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Establishment of points and paths on CAD objects Daniela Kehrer
–– Automatic path generation on curved bodies Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Synchronizing data between the unit and the virtual system Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Integration of the program editor roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Simulation capabilities
–– Signal analysis Overview of training plan
–– Collision checking and position accessibility 1. IRC5P PG1-L: Programming basics 1
–– Using external axis (Conveyor) 2. Application engineering courses on Painting
–– Integration and creation of an application with “PowerPac Painting“ 3. Special programming as required
4. Safety
5. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 180 of 274  






2.2.06_IRC5P MachineSafety

Plant managers

IRC5P Machine Safety


Target group Prerequisites
Plant managers, maintenance personnel, safety officials, designers, planners Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


Insight into Machine Safety requirements of robotic workstations Course duration: 4 days
Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
Contents Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Overview and classification Dates: Subject to agreement
–– In context: Machinery Directives 2006/42/EC – Product Safety Act Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Insight into: Machinery Directives 2006/42/EC, 1st Appendix Price: 2,400 EUR / participant
a) Basic health and safety requirements
b) Explanation: Machinery – incomplete machinery Contact
c) EC – Declaration of Conformity – Installation Instructions Claudia Hillebrand
d) Commissioning and start-up of a machine Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
e) Applying directives and harmonized standards Daniela Kehrer
f) Approach to risk assessment Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
g) Risk appraisal Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
h) Risk evaluation roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Case Study: Robot safety of the latest generation
Overview of training plan
1. IRC5P PG1-L: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses on Painting
3. Special programming as required
4. Safety
5. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 181 of 274  






2.3.00_Ausbildungsplan Programmierer

Overview of courses

Painting robot IRC5P


Programmer training plan
Training plan blocks are linked to the associated course descriptions. Individual refresher
Click on “Overview of training plan” to go back. course / advanced course

IRC5P PG2-L:
Programming basics 2

Safety

IRC5P PS-RS:
RobotStudio Paint

Special programming as
required

Application engineering
courses on Painting

IRC5P PG1-L:
Programming basics 1

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 182 of 274  






2.3.01_IRC5P PG1-L: Programmiergrundlagen 1 Lackieren

Programmers

IRC5P PG1-L: Programming basics 1 Painting


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, plant managers, project managers, planners, electrical Basic computer skills
equipment service personnel
Information
Course goals Course duration: 5 days
–– Independent execution of operating functions Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Independently developing, implementing, testing, optimising and Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
documenting simple movement programs Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Changing and / or optimising the application Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Price: 2,400 EUR / participant
Contents
–– Occupational health and safety Contact
–– Structure and function of the robot system, dialogue concept of Claudia Hillebrand
FlexPendant / RobotStudio Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– RAPID program structure Daniela Kehrer
–– Types of movement in manual and automatic operation Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Writing simple movement programs Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Monitoring input and output signals roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Measuring tool and work object
–– Loading and saving modules and programs and system parameters Overview of training plan
–– Error messages and status report 1. IRC5P PG1-L: Programming basics 1
–– Backup 2. Application engineering courses on Painting
–– Programming with conveyor tracking 3. Special programming as required
–– Programming with the processware “Paintware” 4. IRC5P PS-RS: RobotStudio Paint
–– Structure and functioning of the processware “RobView” 5. Safety
6. IRC5P PG2-L: Programming basics 2
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 183 of 274  






2.3.02_IRC5P APT-L-IPS: Lackieren – Integriertes Prozesssystem

Programmers

IRC5P APT-L-IPS: Painting – Integrated Process System


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, plant managers, project managers, planners, start-up –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control
engineers, electrical equipment service personnel generation
–– Basic computer skills
Course goals
–– Using the IPS system and controlling the functions Information
–– Making the necessary calibrations after exchanging components or when Course duration: 4 days
using new application media Number of participants: 4 persons
–– Controlling painting processes; maintaining and configuring the control Maximum: 4 persons per training robot
system Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Changing and / or optimising the application Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Independently developing, implementing, testing, optimising and Price: 2,500 EUR / participant
documenting simple application programs
Contact
Contents Claudia Hillebrand
–– Occupational health and safety in dealing with the application Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Architecture of the IPS system Daniela Kehrer
–– Explaining and understanding IPS configurations (open / closed loop) Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
– – Extending and optimising the existing IPS configuration Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
– – Getting to know and using software programs that support the application roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
(RobView, terminal program, FTP programs)
– – Extending and optimising the existing IPS configuration Overview of training plan
– – Parametrisation of controllers 1. IRC5P PG1-L: Programming basics 1
– – Calibration and adjustment of sensors 2. Application engineering courses on Painting
– – Performing an IPS software update 3. Special programming as required
– – Diagnosis 4. IRC5P PS-RS: RobotStudio Paint
– – Restoring defective systems 5. Safety
– – Performing an IPS software update 6. IRC5P PG2-L: Programming basics 2
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 184 of 274  






2.3.03_IRC5 PS-M: Multitasking

Programmers

No courses are currently provided in this category.

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5P PG1-L: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses on Painting
3. Special programming as required
4. IRC5P PS-RS: RobotStudio Paint
5. Safety
6. IRC5P PG2-L: Programming basics 2
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 185 of 274  






2.3.04_IRC5P PS-RS: RobotStudio

Programmers

IRC5P PS-RS: RobotStudio Paint


Target group Prerequisites
Planners, start-up engineers, programmers, project managers –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control
generation
Course goals –– Advanced computer skills
–– Carrying out and visualising complex control tasks of a robot system with –– Experience with a CAD program
the help of the offline tool RobotStudio
–– Writing a program without direct intervention in the robot (offline) Information
Course duration: 5 days
Contents Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Occupational health and safety Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Installation licensing issues Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Work surface functions Price: 2,150 EUR / participant
–– Creating virtual systems
–– Integration of geometric data and libraries Contact
–– Creation and measurement of tools and work objects Claudia Hillebrand
–– Establishment of points and paths on CAD objects Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Automatic path generation on curved bodies Daniela Kehrer
–– Synchronizing data between the unit and the virtual system Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Integration of the program editor Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Simulation capabilities roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Signal analysis
–– Collision checking and position accessibility Overview of training plan
–– Using external axis (Conveyor) 1. IRC5P PG1-L: Programming basics 1
–– Integration and creation of an application with “PowerPac Painting“ 2. Application engineering courses on Painting
3. Special programming as required
4. IRC5P PS-RS: RobotStudio Paint
5. Safety
6. IRC5P PG2-L: Programming basics 2
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 186 of 274  






Programmers

IRC5P Machine Safety


Target group Prerequisites
Plant managers, maintenance personnel, safety officials, designers, planners Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


Insight into Machine Safety requirements of robotic workstations Course duration: 4 days
Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
Contents Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Overview and classification Dates: Subject to agreement
–– In context: Machinery Directives 2006/42/EC – Product Safety Act Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Insight into: Machinery Directives 2006/42/EC, 1st Appendix Price: 2,400 EUR / participant
a) Basic health and safety requirements
b) Explanation: Machinery – incomplete machinery Contact
c) EC – Declaration of Conformity – Installation Instructions Claudia Hillebrand
d) Commissioning and start-up of a machine Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
e) Applying directives and harmonized standards Daniela Kehrer
f) Approach to risk assessment Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
g) Risk appraisal Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
h) Risk evaluation roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Case Study: Robot safety of the latest generation
Overview of training plan
1. IRC5P PG1-L: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses on Painting
3. Special programming as required
4. IRC5P PS-RS: RobotStudio Paint
5. Safety
6. IRC5P PG2-L: Programming basics 2
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 187 of 274  






2.3.05_IRC5P PG2: Programmiergrundlagen 2

Programmers

IRC5P PG2-L: Programming basics 2 – Painting


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, plant managers, project managers, planners, start-up –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
engineers –– Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Using the options provided by control for the painting application Course duration: 5 days
–– Devising and testing concepts for the optimum use of the system or for Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
solving application tests Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Operating and learning the editing and testing options on the robot in Dates: Subject to agreement
RobotStudio (online functionality), RobView and with virtual control Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– The application of a programming tool for editing and testing programs on Price: 2,500 EUR / participant
the computer
–– Connecting material handling technology to the robot system Contact
–– Programming of manufacturing processes with material handling Claudia Hillebrand
synchronisation Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
Daniela Kehrer
Contents Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Occupational health and safety Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Conveyor tracking: Connecting the additional hardware components roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
such as encoder module, encoder hardware and start signal system,
determining the associated parameters and subsequent functional testing Overview of training plan
–– Programming with material handling synchronisation, reflecting individual 1. IRC5P PG1-L: Programming basics 1
positions and whole routines 2. Application engineering courses on Painting
–– Programming world zones for surveying the working area and defining 3. Special programming as required
home zones 4. IRC5 PS-RS: RobotStudio
–– Booting up the system (installation of the operating system) 5. Safety
–– Calibrating the measurement system 6. IRC5P PG2-L: Programming basics 2
–– Interrupt and multitasking 7. Individual refresher course / advanced course
–– Further programming

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 188 of 274  






2.4.00_Ausbildungsplan Mechanik

Overview of courses

Painting robot IRC5P


Mechanical service personnel training plan
Training plan blocks are linked to the associated course descriptions.
Click on “Overview of training plan” to go back.

Individual refresher
course / advanced course

Mechanics courses

IRC5P BE-L:
Operation

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 189 of 274  






2.4.01_IRC5P BE-L: Bedienen Lackieren

Mechanical service personnel

IRC5P BE-L: Operation painting


Target group Prerequisites
Plant operators, mechanical service personnel, application engineers None

Course goals Information


–– Independent execution of operating functions Course duration: 3 days
–– Switching on and starting up the robot system Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Moving the mechanics with a joystick Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Loading, testing and optimising simple movement programs Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Recognising and rectifying simple faults and service interruptions (e.g. Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
emergency stop) Price: 1,500 EUR / participant
–– Making changes to the painting application
Contact
Contents Claudia Hillebrand
–– Occupational health and safety Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Structure and function of the robot system Daniela Kehrer
–– Types of movement in manual and automatic operation Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Monitoring input and output signals Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Loading and saving modules and programs roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Error messages and status report
–– Changing the fan geometry data and shift points Overview of training plan
1. IRC5P BE-L: Operation
2. Mechanics courses
3. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 190 of 274  






2.4.02_IRC5P ME: Mechanikkurs Robotermechanik IRB 52

Mechanical service personnel

IRC5P ME: Mechanics course on robot mechanics IRB 52


Target group Prerequisites
Mechanical service personel –– Operating course BE or basic course PG1 of the
corresponding control generation
Course goals –– Bring your own protective shoes and work clothes
–– Rapid diagnosis of the cause of the error can minimize downtime
–– Replacing defective parts in good time Information
–– Maintaining the robot mechanics in accordance with regulations Course duration: 3 days
Number of participants: 3 – 4 persons
Contents Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Occupational health and safety Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Backup Price: 2,000 EUR / participant
–– Explanation and functioning of the robot mechanics
–– Disassembly and assembly of sub-assemblies and individual parts Contact
–– Calibrating robots (fine-calibration) Claudia Hillebrand
–– Use of special tools Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Testing the robot system Daniela Kehrer
–– Performing maintenance and adjustment work Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5P BE-L: Operation
2. Mechanics courses
3. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 191 of 274  






2.4.03_IRC5P ME: Mechanikkurs Robotermechanik IRB 5400-12

Mechanical service personnel

IRC5P ME: Mechanics course on robot mechanics IRB 5400-12


Target group Prerequisites
Mechanical service personel –– Operating course BE or basic course PG1 of the
corresponding control generation
Course goals –– Bring your own protective shoes and work clothes
–– Rapid diagnosis of the cause of the error can minimize downtime
–– Replacing defective parts in good time Information
–– Maintaining the robot mechanics in accordance with regulations Course duration: 4 days
Number of participants: 3 – 4 persons
Contents Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Occupational health and safety Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Backup Price: 2,500 EUR / participant
–– Explanation and functioning of the robot mechanics
–– Disassembly and assembly of sub-assemblies and individual parts Contact
–– Calibrating robots (fine-calibration) Claudia Hillebrand
–– Use of special tools Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Testing the robot system Daniela Kehrer
–– Performing maintenance and adjustment work Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5P BE-L: Operation
2. Mechanics courses
3. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 192 of 274  






2.4.04_IRC5P ME: Mechanikkurs Robotermechanik IRB 5500

Mechanical service personnel

IRC5P ME: Mechanics course on robot mechanics IRB 5500


Target group Prerequisites
Mechanical service personel –– Operating course BE or basic course PG1 of the
corresponding control generation
Course goals –– Bring your own protective shoes and work clothes
–– Rapid diagnosis of the cause of the error can minimize downtime
–– Replacing defective parts in good time Information
–– Maintaining the robot mechanics in accordance with regulations Course duration: 4 days
Number of participants: 3 – 4 persons
Contents Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Occupational health and safety Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Backup Price: 2,500 EUR / participant
–– Explanation and functioning of the robot mechanics
–– Disassembly and assembly of sub-assemblies and individual parts Contact
–– Calibrating robots (fine-calibration) Claudia Hillebrand
–– Use of special tools Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Testing the robot system Daniela Kehrer
–– Performing maintenance and adjustment work Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5P BE-L: Operation
2. Mechanics courses
3. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 193 of 274  






2.5.00_Ausbildungsplan Elektrik

Overview of courses

Painting robot IRC5P


Electrical equipment service personnel training plan
Training plan blocks are linked to the associated course descriptions. Individual refresher
Click on “Overview of training plan” to go back. course / advanced course

Safety

Special programming as
required

IRC5P SD:
Faults and Diagnostics

Application engineering
courses on Painting

IRC5P SE-L:
Electrical equipment course

IRC5P PG1-L:
Programming basics 1

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 194 of 274  






2.5.01_IRC5P PG1-L: Programmiergrundlagen 1 Lackieren

Electrical equipment service personnel

IRC5P PG1-L: Programming basics 1 Painting


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, plant managers, project managers, planners, electrical Basic computer skills
equipment service personnel
Information
Course goals Course duration: 5 days
–– Independent execution of operating functions Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Independently developing, implementing, testing, optimising and Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
documenting simple movement programs Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Changing and / or optimising the application Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Price: 2,400 EUR / participant
Contents
–– Occupational health and safety Contact
–– Structure and function of the robot system, dialogue concept of Claudia Hillebrand
FlexPendant / RobotStudio Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– RAPID program structure Daniela Kehrer
–– Types of movement in manual and automatic operation Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Writing simple movement programs Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Monitoring input and output signals roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Measuring tool and work object
–– Loading and saving modules and programs and system parameters Overview of training plan
–– Error messages and status report 1. IRC5P PG1-L: Programming basics 1
–– Backup 2. IRC5P SE-L: Electrical equipment course
–– Programming with conveyor tracking 3. Application engineering courses on Painting
–– Programming with the processware “Paintware” 4. IRC5P SD: Faults and Diagnostics
–– Structure and functioning of the processware “RobView” 5. Special programming as required
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 195 of 274  






2.5.02_IRC5P SE: Elektrikkurs

Electrical equipment service personnel

IRC5P SE-L: Electrical equipment course


Target group Prerequisites
Commissioning personnel, electrical equipment service personnel –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
–– Basic computer skills
Course goals –– Electrical engineering qualification
–– System overview
–– Locating system faults Information
–– Rapid diagnosis of the cause of the error can minimize downtime Course duration: 5 days
Number of participants: 4 persons
Contents Maximum: 4 persons per training robot
–– Occupational health and safety Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Detailed explanation of structure and working method of the control of the Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
robot, particularly the ex protection Price: 2,650 EUR / participant
–– Program errors and how to recognize them
–– System parameters: Meaning, change, backup Contact
–– Checking calibration, updating revolution counter, fine-calibration Claudia Hillebrand
–– Working with circuit diagrams Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Practical exercises for error recognition, systematic error diagnostics with Daniela Kehrer
the help of suitable software (RobView, RobotStudio, terminal program) Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Producing a system, installation of the control software Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Loading and executing test programs roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5P PG1-L: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5P SE-L: Electrical equipment course
3. Application engineering courses on Painting
4. IRC5P SD: Faults and Diagnostics
5. Special programming as required
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 196 of 274  






2.5.03_IRC5P APT-L-IPS: Lackieren – Integriertes Prozesssystem

Electrical equipment service personnel

IRC5P APT-L-IPS: Painting – Integrated Process System


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, plant managers, project managers, planners, start-up –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
engineers, electrical equipment service personnel –– Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Using the IPS system and controlling the functions Course duration: 4 days
–– Making the necessary calibrations after exchanging components or when Number of participants: 4 persons
using new application media Maximum: 4 persons per training robot
–– Controlling painting processes; maintaining and configuring the control Dates: Subject to agreement
system Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Changing and / or optimising the application Price: 2,500 EUR / participant
–– Independently developing, implementing, testing, optimising and
documenting simple application programs Contact
Claudia Hillebrand
Contents Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Occupational health and safety in dealing with the application Daniela Kehrer
–– Architecture of the IPS system Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Explaining and understanding IPS configurations (open / closed loop) Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
– – Extending and optimising the existing IPS configuration roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
– – Getting to know and using software programs that support the application
(RobView, terminal program, FTP programs) Overview of training plan
– – Extending and optimising the existing IPS configuration 1. IRC5P PG1-L: Programming basics 1
– – Parametrisation of controllers 2. IRC5P SE-L: Electrical equipment course
– – Calibration and adjustment of sensors 3. Application engineering courses on Painting
– – Performing an IPS software update 4. IRC5P SD: Faults and Diagnostics
– – Diagnosis 5. Special programming as required
– – Restoring defective systems 6. Safety
– – Performing an IPS software update 7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 197 of 274  






Electrical equipment service personnel

IRC5P SD: Faults and Diagnostics


Target group Prerequisites
Start-up engineers, electrical equipment service personnel –– Participation in a IRC5 SE course and the IPS course (APT-L-IPS)
–– Electro-technical training
Course goals –– Sound computer skills
–– Expansion of knowledge about systematic troubleshooting
–– Application of the diagnostic facilities of the IRC5 controller Information
–– Ordered methods of combating faults Course duration: 3 days
Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
Contents Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Occupational health and safety Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Refresher, deepening and expanding the basics from the Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
service course (SE) Price: 1,900 EUR / participant
–– and the IPS course (APT-L-IPS)
–– Develop a fault and analysis strategy for more efficient Contact
troubleshooting based on case studies Claudia Hillebrand
–– Plan and structure procedures based on the troubleshooting Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
method (MeFes) Daniela Kehrer
–– Aftercare and avoidance of future faults Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Use measurement tools to perform diagnostics Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
(e.g. oscilloscopes, bus testers, etc.) roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Using ABB supplied software and recommendations for using
external software Overview of training plan
1. IRC5P PG1-L: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5P SE-L: Electrical equipment course
3. Application engineering courses on Painting
4. IRC5P SD: Faults and Diagnostics
5. Special programming as required
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 198 of 274  






2.5.04_IRC5 PS-M: Multitasking

Electrical equipment service personnel

No courses are currently provided in this category.

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5P PG1-L: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5P SE-L: Electrical equipment course
3. Application engineering courses on Painting
4. IRC5P SD: Faults and Diagnostics
5. Special programming as required
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 199 of 274  






2.5.05_IRC5P MachineSafety

Electrical equipment service personnel

IRC5P Machine Safety


Target group Prerequisites
Plant managers, maintenance personnel, safety officials, designers, planners Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


Insight into Machine Safety requirements of robotic workstations Course duration: 4 days
Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
Contents Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Overview and classification Dates: Subject to agreement
–– In context: Machinery Directives 2006/42/EC – Product Safety Act Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Insight into: Machinery Directives 2006/42/EC, 1st Appendix Price: 2,400 EUR / participant
a) Basic health and safety requirements
b) Explanation: Machinery – incomplete machinery Contact
c) EC – Declaration of Conformity – Installation Instructions Claudia Hillebrand
d) Commissioning and start-up of a machine Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
e) Applying directives and harmonized standards Daniela Kehrer
f) Approach to risk assessment Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
g) Risk appraisal Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
h) Risk evaluation roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Case Study: Robot safety of the latest generation
Overview of training plan
1. IRC5P PG1-L: Programming basics 1
2. IRC5P SE-L: Electrical equipment course
3. Application engineering courses on Painting
4. IRC5P SD: Faults and Diagnostics
5. Special programming as required
6. Safety
7. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 200 of 274  






2.6.00_Ausbildungsplan Applikationstechniker

Overview of courses

Painting robot IRC5P


Application engineer training plan
Training plan blocks are linked to the associated course descriptions.
Click on “Overview of training plan” to go back.

Individual refresher
course / advanced course

Special programming as
required

Application engineering
courses on Painting

IRC5P PG1-L:
Programming basics 1

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 201 of 274  






2.6.01_IRC5P PG1-L: Programmiergrundlagen 1 Lackieren

Application engineers

IRC5P PG1-L: Programming basics 1 Painting


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, plant managers, project managers, planners, electrical Basic computer skills
equipment service personnel
Information
Course goals Course duration: 5 days
–– Independent execution of operating functions Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Independently developing, implementing, testing, optimising and Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
documenting simple movement programs Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Changing and / or optimising the application Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Price: 2,400 EUR / participant
Contents
–– Occupational health and safety Contact
–– Structure and function of the robot system, dialogue concept of Claudia Hillebrand
FlexPendant / RobotStudio Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– RAPID program structure Daniela Kehrer
–– Types of movement in manual and automatic operation Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Writing simple movement programs Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Monitoring input and output signals roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Measuring tool and work object
–– Loading and saving modules and programs and system parameters Overview of training plan
–– Error messages and status report 1. IRC5P PG1-L: Programming basics 1
–– Backup 2. Application engineering courses on Painting
–– Programming with conveyor tracking 3. Special programming as required
–– Programming with the processware “Paintware” 4. Individual refresher course / advanced course
–– Structure and functioning of the processware “RobView”

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 202 of 274  






2.6.02_IRC5P APT-L-IPS: Lackieren – Integriertes Prozesssystem

Application engineers

IRC5P APT-L-IPS: Painting – Integrated Process System


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, plant managers, project managers, planners, start-up –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
engineers, electrical equipment service personnel –– Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Using the IPS system and controlling the functions Course duration: 4 days
–– Making the necessary calibrations after exchanging components or when Number of participants: 4 persons
using new application media Maximum: 4 persons per training robot
–– Controlling painting processes; maintaining and configuring the control Dates: Subject to agreement
system Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Changing and / or optimising the application Price: 2,500 EUR / participant
–– Independently developing, implementing, testing, optimising and
documenting simple application programs Contact
Claudia Hillebrand
Contents Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Occupational health and safety in dealing with the application Daniela Kehrer
–– Architecture of the IPS system Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Explaining and understanding IPS configurations (open / closed loop) Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
– – Extending and optimising the existing IPS configuration roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
– – Getting to know and using software programs that support the application
(RobView, terminal program, FTP programs) Overview of training plan
– – Extending and optimising the existing IPS configuration 1. IRC5P PG1-L: Programming basics 1
– – Parametrisation of controllers 2. Application engineering courses on Painting
– – Calibration and adjustment of sensors 3. Special programming as required
– – Performing an IPS software update 4. Individual refresher course / advanced course
– – Diagnosis
– – Restoring defective systems
– – Performing an IPS software update

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 203 of 274  






2.6.03_IRC5P APT-L-KA: Lackieren – Konventionelle Applikation

Application engineers

IRC5P APT-L-KA: Painting – Conventional application


Target group Prerequisites
Application mechanics, start-up engineers, mechanical service personnel Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation

Course goals Information


–– Using the IPS system and controlling the functions Course duration: 3 days
–– Performing necessary maintenance, replacing components or worn parts, Number of participants: 3 persons
servicing and error diagnostics Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Making the necessary calibrations on mechanical components Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Making changes to the application Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Price: 2,100 EUR / participant
Contents
–– Occupational health and safety in dealing with the application Contact
–– Getting to know the functions of the conventional painting system Claudia Hillebrand
–– Recognising and locating faults in the IPS system (RobView) Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Exchanging hardware components and the associated adjustments Daniela Kehrer
–– Functional testing of the hardware components Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Performing settings and calibrations Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Using and understanding maintenance instructions roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Performing possible repairs on the hardware components
Overview of training plan
1. IRC5P PG1-L: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses on Painting
3. Special programming as required
4. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 204 of 274  






2.6.04_IRC5P APT-L-CBS: Lackieren – CartridgeBellSystem

Application engineers

IRC5P APT-L-CBS: Painting – CartridgeBellSystem


Target group Prerequisites
Application mechanics, start-up engineers, mechanical service personnel Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation

Course goals Information


–– Using the IPS system and controlling the functions Course duration: 3 days
–– Performing necessary maintenance, replacing components or worn parts, Number of participants: 3 persons
servicing and error diagnostics Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Making the necessary calibrations on mechanical components Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Making changes to the application Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Price: 2,100 EUR / participant
Contents
–– Occupational health and safety in dealing with the application Contact
–– Getting to know the functions and operating method of the CBS system Claudia Hillebrand
–– Recognising and locating faults in the IPS system (RobView) Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Exchanging hardware components and the associated adjustments Daniela Kehrer
–– Functional testing of the hardware components Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Performing settings and calibrations Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Using and understanding maintenance instructions roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Performing possible repairs on the hardware components
Overview of training plan
1. IRC5P PG1-L: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses on Painting
3. Special programming as required
4. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 205 of 274  






2.6.05_IRC5 PS-M: Multitasking

Application engineers

No courses are currently provided in this category.

Overview of training plan


1. IRC5P PG1-L: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses on Painting
3. Special programming as required
4. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 206 of 274  






2.6.06_IRC5P PS-RS: RobotStudio

Application engineers

IRC5P PS-RS: RobotStudio Paint


Target group Prerequisites
Planners, start-up engineers, programmers, project managers –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control
generation
Course goals –– Advanced computer skills
–– Carrying out and visualising complex control tasks of a robot system with –– Experience with a CAD program
the help of the offline tool RobotStudio
–– Writing a program without direct intervention in the robot (offline) Information
Course duration: 5 days
Contents Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Occupational health and safety Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Installation licensing issues Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Work surface functions Price: 2,150 EUR / participant
–– Creating virtual systems
–– Integration of geometric data and libraries Contact
–– Creation and measurement of tools and work objects Claudia Hillebrand
–– Establishment of points and paths on CAD objects Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Automatic path generation on curved bodies Daniela Kehrer
–– Synchronizing data between the unit and the virtual system Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Integration of the program editor Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Simulation capabilities roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Signal analysis
–– Collision checking and position accessibility Overview of training plan
–– Using external axis (Conveyor) 1. IRC5P PG1-L: Programming basics 1
–– Integration and creation of an application with “PowerPac Painting“ 2. Application engineering courses on Painting
3. Special programming as required
4. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 207 of 274  






2.7_Ausbildungsplan Führungskräfte

Overview of courses

Industrial robot IRC5P


Manager training plan
Training plan blocks are linked to the associated course descriptions.
Click on “Overview of training plan” to go back.

IRC5P:
Introductory course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 208 of 274  






2.7.1_IRC5P Einführungskurs Industrieroboter

Manager

IRC5P: Introductory course – Paint robots


Target group Prerequisites
Managers, planners, administrative staff None

Course goals Information


–– Getting to know the fields of application for robots Course duration: 2 days
–– Perform operating functions independently Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Manual operation Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Loading and testing programs Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Insight into the fields of work of plant operators, programmers and Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
maintenance engineers Price: 950 EUR / participant
–– Getting to know the way personnel and procedures cooperate
Kontakt
Contents Claudia Hillebrand
–– Occupational health and safety Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Robot applications in production practice Daniela Kehrer
–– Configuration and function of a robot system Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Types of movement in manual and automatic mode Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Control of inputs and outputs roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Loading and saving modules and programs
–– Error messages and situation description Overview of training plan
–– Documentation and technical support from ABB 1. IRC5P: Introductory course
–– Contact persons and procedures for selected issues

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 209 of 274  






02_IRC5P Individualkurse

Individual courses

IRC5P individual courses Overview of training plan

Standard and individual courses on site


Number of days Price for Monday to Friday Price for Saturday / Sunday
1 EUR 2,450 EUR 3,675
2 EUR 4,900 EUR 7,350
3 EUR 7,350
4 EUR 9,800
5 EUR 12,250
Each course on the first day from 1.00 pm to the last day at 1.00 pm, approx. 30 hours
Optional: Starts on the first day at 8.00 am if you book an additional half trainer day
Optional: Ends on the last day at 5.00 pm if you book an additional half trainer day

Individual courses in the Friedberg Training Center


Number of days Price for Monday to Friday Price for Saturday/Sunday
1 EUR 2,450 EUR 3,675
2 EUR 4,900 EUR 7,350
3 EUR 7,350
4 EUR 9,800
5 EUR 12,250

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 210 of 274  






3.1.00_Ausbildungsplan Anlagenbediener

Overview of courses

Industrial robot S4C+


Plant operator training plan
Training plan blocks are linked to the associated course descriptions.
Click on “Overview of training plan” to go back.

Individual refresher
course / advanced course

S4C+ BE:
Operation

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 211 of 274  






3.1.01_S4C+ BE: Bedienen

Plant operators

S4C+ BE: Operation


Target group Prerequisites
Plant operators, mechanical service personnel, application engineers None

Course goals Information


–– Independent execution of operating functions Course duration: 3 days
–– Switching on and starting up the robot system Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Moving the mechanics with a joystick Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Loading, testing and optimising simple movement programs Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Recognising and rectifying simple faults and service interruptions (e.g. Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
emergency stop) Price: 1,300 EUR / participant

Contents Contact
–– Occupational health and safety Claudia Hillebrand
–– Structure and function of the robot system Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Types of movement in manual and automatic operation Daniela Kehrer
–– Monitoring input and output signals Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Loading and saving modules and programs Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Error messages and status report roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. S4C+ BE: Operation
2. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 212 of 274  






3.2.00_Ausbildungsplan Anlagenführer

Overview of courses

Industrial robot S4C+


Plant manager training plan
Training plan blocks are linked to the associated course descriptions.
Click on “Overview of training plan” to go back.

Individual refresher
course / advanced course

Special programming as
required

Application engineering
courses as required

S4C+ PG1:
Programming basics 1

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 213 of 274  






3.2.01_S4C+ PG1: Programmiergrundlagen 1

Plant managers

S4C+ PG1: Programming basics 1


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, plant managers, project managers, planners, electrical Basic computer skills
equipment service personnel
Information
Course goals Course duration: 5 days
–– Independent execution of operating functions Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Independently developing, implementing, testing, optimising and Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
documenting simple movement programs Dates: Subject to agreement
Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Contents Price: 2,050 EUR / participant
–– Occupational health and safety
–– Structure and function of the robot system, dialogue concept of Contact
FlexPendant / RobotStudio Claudia Hillebrand
–– RAPID program structure Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Types of movement in manual and automatic operation Daniela Kehrer
–– Writing simple movement programs Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Monitoring input and output signals Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Testing measuring system roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Measuring tool and work object
–– Loading and saving modules and programs and system parameters Overview of training plan
–– Error messages and status report 1. S4C+ PG1: Programming basics 1
–– Backup 2. Application engineering courses as required
–– Performing handling tasks 3. Special programming as required
–– Programming robot movements and controlling the gripper 4. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 214 of 274  






3.2.02_leer

Plant managers

No courses are currently provided in this category.

Overview of training plan


1. S4C+ PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 215 of 274  






3.2.02_leer_1

Plant managers

No courses are currently provided in this category.

Overview of training plan


1. S4C+ PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 216 of 274  






3.3.00_Ausbildungsplan Programmierer

Overview of courses

Industrial robot S4C+


Programmer training plan
Training plan blocks are linked to the associated course descriptions.
Click on “Overview of training plan” to go back.

Individual refresher
course / advanced course

S4C+ PG2:
Programming basics 2

S4C+ PS-RS:
RobotStudio

Special programming as
required

Application engineering
courses as required

S4C+ PG1:
Programming basics 1

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 217 of 274  






3.3.01_S4C+ PG1: Programmiergrundlagen 1

Programmers

S4C+ PG1: Programming basics 1


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, plant managers, project managers, planners, electrical Basic computer skills
equipment service personnel
Information
Course goals Course duration: 5 days
–– Independent execution of operating functions Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Independently developing, implementing, testing, optimising and Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
documenting simple movement programs Dates: Subject to agreement
Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Contents Price: 2,050 EUR / participant
–– Occupational health and safety
–– Structure and function of the robot system, dialogue concept of Contact
FlexPendant / RobotStudio Claudia Hillebrand
–– RAPID program structure Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Types of movement in manual and automatic operation Daniela Kehrer
–– Writing simple movement programs Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Monitoring input and output signals Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Testing measuring system roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Measuring tool and work object
–– Loading and saving modules and programs and system parameters Overview of training plan
–– Error messages and status report 1. S4C+ PG1: Programming basics 1
–– Backup 2. Application engineering courses as required
–– Performing handling tasks 3. Special programming as required
–– Programming robot movements and controlling the gripper 4. S4C+ PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. S4C+ PG2: Programming basics 2
6. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 218 of 274  






3.3.02_leer

Programmers

No courses are currently provided in this category.

Overview of training plan


1. S4C+ PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. S4C+ PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. S4C+ PG2: Programming basics 2
6. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 219 of 274  






3.3.03_leer

Programmers

No courses are currently provided in this category.

Overview of training plan


1. S4C+ PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. S4C+ PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. S4C+ PG2: Programming basics 2
6. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 220 of 274  






3.3.04_leer

Programmers

No courses are currently provided in this category.

Overview of training plan


1. S4C+ PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. S4C+ PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. S4C+ PG2: Programming basics 2
6. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 221 of 274  






3.3.09_S4C+ PG2: Programmiergrundlagen 2

Programmers

S4C+ PG2: Programming basics 2


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, plant managers, project managers, planners, start-up –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
engineers –– Advanced computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Using the options provided by control for the application Course duration: 5 days
–– Devising and testing concepts for the optimum use of the system or for Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
solving application tests Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Learning and operating the editing and testing options of robots and the Dates: Subject to agreement
learning program QuickTeach Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– The application of a programming tool for editing and testing programs on Price: 2,150 EUR / participant
the computer
Contact
Contents Claudia Hillebrand
–– Occupational health and safety Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Using the extended set of commands and optional arguments Daniela Kehrer
–– Producing and using your own routines and modules Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Programming your own instructions and functions Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– System parameters (use of the system signals, password protection, etc.) roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Troubleshooting and interrupt programming
–– Booting up the system (installation of the operating system) Overview of training plan
–– Calibrating the measurement system 1. S4C+ PG1: Programming basics 1
–– Local, global and routine data 2. Application engineering courses as required
–– Writing programs on the computer (offline and online) 3. Special programming as required
4. S4C+ PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. S4C+ PG2: Programming basics 2
6. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 222 of 274  






3.4.00_Ausbildungsplan Inbetriebnehmer

Overview of courses

Industrial robot S4C+


Commissioning personnel training plan
Training plan blocks are linked to the associated course descriptions.
Click on “Overview of training plan” to go back.

Individual refresher
course / advanced course

S4C+ PG2:
Programming basics 2

S4C+ PS-RS:
RobotStudio

Special programming as
required

Application engineering
courses as required

S4C+ PG1:
Programming basics 1

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 223 of 274  






3.4.01_S4C+ PG1: Programmiergrundlagen 1

Commissioning personnel

S4C+ PG1: Programming basics 1


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, plant managers, project managers, planners, electrical Basic computer skills
equipment service personnel
Information
Course goals Course duration: 5 days
–– Independent execution of operating functions Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Independently developing, implementing, testing, optimising and Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
documenting simple movement programs Dates: Subject to agreement
Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Contents Price: 2,050 EUR / participant
–– Occupational health and safety
–– Structure and function of the robot system, dialogue concept of Contact
FlexPendant / RobotStudio Claudia Hillebrand
–– RAPID program structure Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Types of movement in manual and automatic operation Daniela Kehrer
–– Writing simple movement programs Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Monitoring input and output signals Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Testing measuring system roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Measuring tool and work object
–– Loading and saving modules and programs and system parameters Overview of training plan
–– Error messages and status report 1. S4C+ PG1: Programming basics 1
–– Backup 2. Application engineering courses as required
–– Performing handling tasks 3. Special programming as required
–– Programming robot movements and controlling the gripper 4. S4C+ PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. S4C+ PG2: Programming basics 2
6. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 224 of 274  






3.4.02_leer

Commissioning personnel

No courses are currently provided in this category.

Overview of training plan


1. S4C+ PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. S4C+ PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. S4C+ PG2: Programming basics 2
6. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 225 of 274  






3.4.03_leer

Commissioning personnel

No courses are currently provided in this category.

Overview of training plan


1. S4C+ PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. S4C+ PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. S4C+ PG2: Programming basics 2
6. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 226 of 274  






3.4.04_leer

Commissioning personnel

No courses are currently provided in this category.

Overview of training plan


1. S4C+ PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. S4C+ PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. S4C+ PG2: Programming basics 2
6. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 227 of 274  






3.4.09_S4C+ PG2: Programmiergrundlagen 2

Commissioning personnel

S4C+ PG2: Programming basics 2


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, plant managers, project managers, planners, start-up –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control
engineers generation
–– Advanced computer skills
Course goals
–– Using the options provided by control for the application Information
–– Devising and testing concepts for the optimum use of the system or for Course duration: 5 days
solving application tests Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Learning and operating the editing and testing options of robots and the Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
learning program QuickTeach Dates: Subject to agreement
–– The application of a programming tool for editing and testing programs on Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
the computer Price: 2,150 EUR / participant

Contents Contact
–– Occupational health and safety Claudia Hillebrand
–– Using the extended set of commands and optional arguments Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Producing and using your own routines and modules Daniela Kehrer
–– Programming your own instructions and functions Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– System parameters (use of the system signals, password protection, etc.) Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Troubleshooting and interrupt programming roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Booting up the system (installation of the operating system)
–– Calibrating the measurement system Overview of training plan
–– Local, global and routine data 1. S4C+ PG1: Programming basics 1
–– Writing programs on the computer (offline and online) 2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. S4C+ PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. S4C+ PG2: Programming basics 2
6. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 228 of 274  






3.5.00_Ausbildungsplan Instandhalter Mechanik

Overview of courses

Industrial robot S4C+


Mechanical service personnel training plan
Training plan blocks are linked to the associated course descriptions.
Click on “Overview of training plan” to go back.

Individual refresher
course / advanced course

Mechanics courses

S4C+ BE:
Operation

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 229 of 274  






3.5.01_S4C+ BE: Bedienen

Mechanical service personnel

S4C+ BE: Operation


Target group Prerequisites
Plant operators, mechanical service personnel, application engineers None

Course goals Information


–– Independent execution of operating functions Course duration: 3 days
–– Switching on and starting up the robot system Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Moving the mechanics with a joystick Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Loading, testing and optimising simple movement programs Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Recognising and rectifying simple faults and service interruptions (e.g. Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
emergency stop) Price: 1,300 EUR / participant

Contents Contact
–– Occupational health and safety Claudia Hillebrand
–– Structure and function of the robot system Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Types of movement in manual and automatic operation Daniela Kehrer
–– Monitoring input and output signals Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Loading and saving modules and programs Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Error messages and status report roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. S4C+ BE: Operation
2. Mechanics courses
3. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 230 of 274  






3.5.05_S4C+ ME 4400: Mechanikkurs Robotermechanik IRB 4400

Mechanical service personnel

S4C+ ME 4400: Mechanics course on robot mechanics IRB 4400


Target group Prerequisites
Mechanical service personel –– Operating course BE or basic course PG1 of the
corresponding control generation
Course goals –– Bring your own protective shoes and work clothes
–– Rapid diagnosis of the cause of the error can minimize downtime
–– Replacing defective parts in good time Information
–– Maintaining the robot mechanics in accordance with regulations Course duration: 3 days
Number of participants: 3 – 4 persons
Contents Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Occupational health and safety Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Backup Price: 2,000 EUR / participant
–– Explanation and functioning of the robot mechanics
–– Disassembly and assembly of sub-assemblies and individual parts Contact
–– Calibrating robots (fine-calibration) Claudia Hillebrand
–– Use of special tools Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Testing the robot system Daniela Kehrer
–– Performing maintenance and adjustment work Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. S4C+ BE: Operation
2. Mechanics courses
3. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 231 of 274  






3.6.00_Ausbildungsplan Instandhalter Elektrik

Overview of courses

Industrial robot S4C+


Electrical equipment service personnel training plan
Training plan blocks are linked to the associated course descriptions.
Click on “Overview of training plan” to go back.

Individual refresher
course / advanced course

Special programming as
required

Application engineering
courses as required

S4C+ SE:
Electrical equipment course

S4C+ PG1:
Programming basics 1

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 232 of 274  






3.6.01_S4C+ PG1: Programmiergrundlagen 1

Electrical equipment service personnel

S4C+ PG1: Programming basics 1


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, plant managers, project managers, planners, electrical Basic computer skills
equipment service personnel
Information
Course goals Course duration: 5 days
–– Independent execution of operating functions Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Independently developing, implementing, testing, optimising and Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
documenting simple movement programs Dates: Subject to agreement
Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Contents Price: 2,050 EUR / participant
–– Occupational health and safety
–– Structure and function of the robot system, dialogue concept of Contact
FlexPendant / RobotStudio Claudia Hillebrand
–– RAPID program structure Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Types of movement in manual and automatic operation Daniela Kehrer
–– Writing simple movement programs Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Monitoring input and output signals Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Testing measuring system roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Measuring tool and work object
–– Loading and saving modules and programs and system parameters Overview of training plan
–– Error messages and status report 1. S4C+ PG1: Programming basics 1
–– Backup 2. S4C+ SE: Electrical equipment course
–– Performing handling tasks 3. Application engineering courses as required
–– Programming robot movements and controlling the gripper 4. Special programming as required
5. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 233 of 274  






3.6.02_S4C+ SE: Elektrikkurs

Electrical equipment service personnel

S4C+ SE: Electrical course


Target group Prerequisites
Commissioning personnel, electrical equipment service personnel –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
–– Basic computer skills
Course goals –– Electrical engineering qualification
–– System overview
–– Locating system faults Information
–– Rapid diagnosis of the cause of the error can minimize downtime Course duration: 5 days
Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
Contents Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Occupational health and safety Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Detailed explanation of the structure and working method of the control of Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
the robot Price: 2,500 EUR / participant
–– Program errors and how to recognize them
–– System parameters: Meaning, change, backup Contact
–– Checking calibration, updating revolution counter, fine-calibration Claudia Hillebrand
–– Working with circuit diagrams Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Practical exercises for error recognition, systematic error diagnostics Daniela Kehrer
–– Producing a system, installation of the control software Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Loading and executing test programs Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. S4C+ PG1: Programming basics 1
2. S4C+ SE: Electrical equipment course
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 234 of 274  






3.6.03_leer

Electrical equipment service personnel

No courses are currently provided in this category.

Overview of training plan


1. S4C+ PG1: Programming basics 1
2. S4C+ SE: Electrical equipment course
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 235 of 274  






3.6.04_leer

Electrical equipment service personnel

No courses are currently provided in this category.

Overview of training plan


1. S4C+ PG1: Programming basics 1
2. S4C+ SE: Electrical equipment course
3. Application engineering courses as required
4. Special programming as required
5. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 236 of 274  






3.7.00_Ausbildungsplan Applikationstechniker

Overview of courses

Industrial robot S4C+


Application engineer training plan
Training plan blocks are linked to the associated course descriptions.
Click on “Overview of training plan” to go back.

Individual refresher
course / advanced course

Special programming as
required

Application engineering
courses as required

S4C+ PG1:
Programming basics 1

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 237 of 274  






3.7.01_S4C+ PG1: Programmiergrundlagen 1

Application engineers

S4C+ PG1: Programming basics 1


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, plant managers, project managers, planners, electrical Basic computer skills
equipment service personnel
Information
Course goals Course duration: 5 days
–– Independent execution of operating functions Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Independently developing, implementing, testing, optimising and Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
documenting simple movement programs Dates: Subject to agreement
Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Contents Price: 2,050 EUR / participant
–– Occupational health and safety
–– Structure and function of the robot system, dialogue concept of Contact
FlexPendant / RobotStudio Claudia Hillebrand
–– RAPID program structure Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Types of movement in manual and automatic operation Daniela Kehrer
–– Writing simple movement programs Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Monitoring input and output signals Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Testing measuring system roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Measuring tool and work object
–– Loading and saving modules and programs and system parameters Overview of training plan
–– Error messages and status report 1. S4C+ PG1: Programming basics 1
–– Backup 2. Application engineering courses as required
–– Performing handling tasks 3. Special programming as required
–– Programming robot movements and controlling the gripper 4. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 238 of 274  






3.7.02_leer

Application engineers

No courses are currently provided in this category.

Overview of training plan


1. S4C+ PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 239 of 274  






3.7.03_leer

Application engineers

No courses are currently provided in this category.

Overview of training plan


1. S4C+ PG1: Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses as required
3. Special programming as required
4. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 240 of 274  






03_S4C+ Individualkurse

Individual courses

S4C+ individual courses Overview of training plan

Standard and individual courses on site


Number of days Price for Monday to Friday Price for Saturday / Sunday
1 EUR 2,300 EUR 3,450
2 EUR 4,600 EUR 6,900
3 EUR 6,900
4 EUR 9,200
5 EUR 11,500
Each course on the first day from 1.00 pm to the last day at 1.00 pm, approx. 30 hours
Optional: Starts on the first day at 8.00 am if you book an additional half trainer day
Optional: Ends on the last day at 5.00 pm if you book an additional half trainer day

Individual courses in the Friedberg Training Center


Number of days Price for Monday to Friday Price for Saturday/Sunday
1 EUR 2,300 EUR 3,450
2 EUR 4,600 EUR 6,900
3 EUR 6,900
4 EUR 9,200
5 EUR 11,500

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 241 of 274  






4.1.00_Ausbildungsplan Anlagenbediener

Overview of courses

Painting robot S4P+


Plant operator training plan
Training plan blocks are linked to the associated course descriptions.
Click on “Overview of training plan” to go back.

Individual refresher
course / advanced course

S4P+ BE-L:
Operation

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 242 of 274  






4.1.01_S4P+ BE-L: Bedienen Lackieren

Plant operators

S4P+ BE-L: Operation painting


Target group Prerequisites
Plant operators, mechanical service personnel, application engineers None

Course goals Information


–– Independent execution of operating functions Course duration: 3 days
–– Switching on and starting up the robot system Number of participants: three to 6 persons
–– Moving the mechanics with a joystick Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Loading, testing and optimising simple movement programs Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Recognising and rectifying simple faults and service interruptions (e.g. Venue: Training Center in Friedberg/Hessen
emergency off), Price: 1,500 EUR/participant
–– Making changes to the painting application
Contact
Contents Claudia Hillebrand
–– Occupational health and safety Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Structure and function of the robot system Daniela Kehrer
–– Types of movement in manual and automatic operation Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Monitoring input and output signals Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Loading and saving modules and programs roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Error messages and status report
–– Changing the fan geometry data and shift points Overview of training plan
1. S4P+ BE-L: Operation
2. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 243 of 274  






4.2.00_Ausbildungsplan Anlagenführer

Overview of courses

Painting robot S4P+


Plant manager training plan
Training plan blocks are linked to the associated course descriptions.
Click on “Overview of training plan” to go back.

Individual refresher
course / advanced course

Special programming as
required

Application engineering
courses on Painting

S4P+ PG1-L
Programming basics 1

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 244 of 274  






4.2.01_S4P+ PG1-L: Programmiergrundlagen 1 Lackieren

Plant managers

S4P+ PG1-L: Programming basics 1 – Painting


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, plant managers, project managers, planners, electrical Basic computer skills
equipment service personnel
Information
Course goals Course duration: 5 days
–– Independent execution of operating functions Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Independently developing, implementing, testing, optimising and Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
documenting simple movement programs Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Changing and / or optimising the application Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Price: 2,400 EUR / participant
Contents
–– Occupational health and safety Contact
–– Structure and function of the robot system Claudia Hillebrand
–– RAPID program structure Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Types of movement in manual and automatic operation Daniela Kehrer
–– Writing simple movement programs Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Monitoring input and output signals Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Measuring tool and work object roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Loading and saving modules and programs and system parameters
–– Error messages and status report Overview of training plan
–– Backup 1. S4P+ PG1-L Programming basics 1
–– Programming with conveyor tracking 2. Application engineering courses on Painting
–– Programming with the processware “Paintware” 3. Special programming as required
4. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 245 of 274  






4.2.02_S4P+ APT-L-IPS: Lackieren – Integriertes Prozesssystem

Plant managers

S4P+ APT-L-IPS: Painting – Integrated Prozess System


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, plant managers, project managers, planners, start-up –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
engineers, electrical equipment service personnel –– Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Using the IPS system and controlling the functions Course duration: 5 days
–– Making the necessary calibrations after exchanging components or when Number of participants: 4 persons
using new application media Maximum: 4 persons per training robot
–– Controlling painting processes; maintaining and configuring the control Dates: Subject to agreement
system Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Changing and / or optimising the application Price: 2,900 EUR / participant

Contents Contact
–– Occupational health and safety in dealing with the application Claudia Hillebrand
–– Practicing the writing of painting programs Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Architecture of the IPS system Daniela Kehrer
–– Explaining and understanding IPS configurations (GunControl, open / Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
closed loop, PumpSolution) Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
– – Extending and optimising the existing IPS configuration roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
– – Parametrisation of controllers
– – Mechanical repairs, error diagnostics of the controls Overview of training plan
– – Exchanging components 1. S4P+ PG1-L Programming basics 1
– – Calibrating actuators and sensors 2. Application engineering courses on Painting
– – Using a computer to read parameter data via the serial interface 3. Special programming as required
– – Diagnosis 4. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 246 of 274  






4.2.04_S4C+ PS-M: Multitasking

Plant managers

No courses are currently provided in this category.

Overview of training plan


1. S4P+ PG1-L Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses on Painting
3. Special programming as required
4. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 247 of 274  






4.3.00_Ausbildungsplan Programmierer

Overview of courses

Painting robot S4P+


Programmer training plan
Training plan blocks are linked to the associated course descriptions.
Click on “Overview of training plan” to go back.

Individual refresher
course / advanced course

S4P+ PG2-L:
Programming basics 2

S4C+ PS-RS:
RobotStudio

Special programming
as required

Application engineering
courses on Painting

S4P+ PG1-L
Programming basics 1

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 248 of 274  






4.3.01_S4P+ PG1-L: Programmiergrundlagen 1 Lackieren

Programmers

S4P+ PG1-L: Programming basics 1 – Painting


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, plant managers, project managers, planners, electrical Basic computer skills
equipment service personnel
Information
Course goals Course duration: 5 days
–– Independent execution of operating functions Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Independently developing, implementing, testing, optimising and Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
documenting simple movement programs Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Changing and / or optimising the application Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Price: 2,400 EUR / participant
Contents
–– Occupational health and safety Contact
–– Structure and function of the robot system Claudia Hillebrand
–– RAPID program structure Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Types of movement in manual and automatic operation Daniela Kehrer
–– Writing simple movement programs Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Monitoring input and output signals Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Measuring tool and work object roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Loading and saving modules and programs and system parameters
–– Error messages and status report Overview of training plan
–– Backup 1. S4P+ PG1-L Programming basics 1
–– Programming with conveyor tracking 2. Application engineering courses on Painting
–– Programming with the processware “Paintware” 3. Special programming as required
4. S4C+ PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. S4P+ PG2-L: Programming basics 2
6. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 249 of 274  






4.3.02_S4P+ APT-L-IPS: Lackieren – Integriertes Prozesssystem

Programmers

S4P+ APT-L-IPS: Painting – Integrated Prozess System


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, plant managers, project managers, planners, start-up –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
engineers, electrical equipment service personnel –– Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Using the IPS system and controlling the functions Course duration: 5 days
–– Making the necessary calibrations after exchanging components or when Number of participants: 4 persons
using new application media Maximum: 4 persons per training robot
–– Controlling painting processes; maintaining and configuring the control Dates: Subject to agreement
system Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Changing and / or optimising the application Price: 2,900 EUR / participant

Contents Contact
–– Occupational health and safety in dealing with the application Claudia Hillebrand
–– Practicing the writing of painting programs Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Architecture of the IPS system Daniela Kehrer
–– Explaining and understanding IPS configurations (GunControl, open / Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
closed loop, PumpSolution) Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
– – Extending and optimising the existing IPS configuration roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
– – Parametrisation of controllers
– – Mechanical repairs, error diagnostics of the controls Overview of training plan
– – Exchanging components 1. S4P+ PG1-L Programming basics 1
– – Calibrating actuators and sensors 2. Application engineering courses on Painting
– – Using a computer to read parameter data via the serial interface 3. Special programming as required
– – Diagnosis 4. S4C+ PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. S4P+ PG2-L: Programming basics 2
6. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 250 of 274  






4.3.03_S4C+ PS-M: Multitasking

Programmers

No courses are currently provided in this category.

Overview of training plan


1. S4P+ PG1-L Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses on Painting
3. Special programming as required
4. S4C+ PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. S4P+ PG2-L: Programming basics 2
6. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 251 of 274  






4.3.04_leer

Programmers

No courses are currently provided in this category.

Overview of training plan


1. S4P+ PG1-L Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses on Painting
3. Special programming as required
4. S4C+ PS-RS: RobotStudio
5. S4P+ PG2-L: Programming basics 2
6. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 252 of 274  






4.3.05_S4P+ PG2: Programmiergrundlagen 2

Programmers

S4P+ PG2-L: Programming basics 2 – Painting


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, plant managers, project managers, planners, start-up –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
engineers –– Advanced computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Using the options provided by control for the painting application Course duration: 5 days
–– Devising and testing concepts for the optimum use of the system or for Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
solving application tests Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Learning and operating the editing and testing options of robots and the Dates: Subject to agreement
learning program QuickTeach Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– The application of a programming tool for editing and testing programs on Price: 2,500 EUR / participant
the computer
–– Connecting material handling technology to the robot system Contact
–– Programming of manufacturing processes with material handling Claudia Hillebrand
synchronisation Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
Daniela Kehrer
Contents Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Occupational health and safety Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Conveyor tracking: Connecting the additional hardware components roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
such as encoder module, encoder hardware and start signal system,
determining the associated parameters and subsequent functional testing Overview of training plan
–– Programming with material handling synchronisation, reflecting individual 1. S4P+ PG1-L Programming basics 1
positions and whole routines 2. Application engineering courses on Painting
–– Programming world zones for surveying the working area and defining 3. Special programming as required
home zones 4. S4C+ PS-RS: RobotStudio
–– Booting up the system (installation of the operating system) 5. S4P+ PG2-L: Programming basics 2
–– Calibrating the measurement system 6. Individual refresher course / advanced course
–– Interrupt and multitasking

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 253 of 274  






4.4.00_Ausbildungsplan Instandhalter Mechanik

Overview of courses

Painting robot S4P+


Mechanical service personnel training plan
Training plan blocks are linked to the associated course descriptions.
Click on “Overview of training plan” to go back.

Individual refresher
course / advanced course

Mechanics courses

S4P+ BE-L:
Operation

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 254 of 274  






4.4.01_S4P+ BE-L: Bedienen Lackieren

Mechanical service personnel

S4P+ BE-L: Operation painting


Target group Prerequisites
Plant operators, mechanical service personnel, application engineers None

Course goals Information


–– Independent execution of operating functions Course duration: 3 days
–– Switching on and starting up the robot system Number of participants: three to 6 persons
–– Moving the mechanics with a joystick Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Loading, testing and optimising simple movement programs Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Recognising and rectifying simple faults and service interruptions (e.g. Venue: Training Center in Friedberg/Hessen
emergency off), Price: 1,500 EUR/participant
–– Making changes to the painting application
Contact
Contents Claudia Hillebrand
–– Occupational health and safety Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Structure and function of the robot system Daniela Kehrer
–– Types of movement in manual and automatic operation Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Monitoring input and output signals Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Loading and saving modules and programs roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Error messages and status report
–– Changing the fan geometry data and shift points Overview of training plan
1. S4P+ BE-L: Operation
2. Mechanics Course
3. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 255 of 274  






4.4.02_S4P+ ME: Mechanikkurs Robotermechanik IRB 5400-12

Mechanical service personnel

S4P+ ME: Mechanics course on robot mechanics IRB 5400-12


Target group Prerequisites
Mechanical service personel –– Operating course BE or basic course PG1 of the
corresponding control generation
Course goals –– Bring your own protective shoes and work clothes
–– Rapid diagnosis of the cause of the error can minimize downtime
–– Replacing defective parts in good time Information
–– Maintaining the robot mechanics in accordance with regulations Course duration: 4 days
Number of participants: 3 – 4 persons
Contents Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Occupational health and safety Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Backup Price: 2,500 EUR / participant
–– Explanation and functioning of the robot mechanics
–– Disassembly and assembly of sub-assemblies and individual parts Contact
–– Calibrating robots (fine-calibration) Claudia Hillebrand
–– Use of special tools Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Testing the robot system Daniela Kehrer
–– Performing maintenance and adjustment work Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. S4P+ BE-L: Operation
2. Mechanics Course
3. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 256 of 274  






4.5.00_Ausbildungsplan Instandhalter Elektrik

Overview of courses

Painting robot S4P+


Electrical equipment service personnel training plan
Training plan blocks are linked to the associated course descriptions.
Click on “Overview of training plan” to go back.

Individual refresher
course / advanced course

Special programming as
required

Application engineering
courses on Painting

S4P+ SE:
Electrical equipment course

S4P+ PG1-L
Programming basics 1

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 257 of 274  






4.5.01_S4P+ PG1-L: Programmiergrundlagen 1 Lackieren

Electrical equipment service personnel

S4P+ PG1-L: Programming basics 1 – Painting


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, plant managers, project managers, planners, electrical Basic computer skills
equipment service personnel
Information
Course goals Course duration: 5 days
–– Independent execution of operating functions Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Independently developing, implementing, testing, optimising and Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
documenting simple movement programs Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Changing and / or optimising the application Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Price: 2,400 EUR / participant
Contents
–– Occupational health and safety Contact
–– Structure and function of the robot system Claudia Hillebrand
–– RAPID program structure Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Types of movement in manual and automatic operation Daniela Kehrer
–– Writing simple movement programs Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Monitoring input and output signals Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Measuring tool and work object roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Loading and saving modules and programs and system parameters
–– Error messages and status report Overview of training plan
–– Backup 1. S4P+ PG1-L Programming basics 1
–– Programming with conveyor tracking 2. S4P+ SE: Electrical equipment course
–– Programming with the processware “Paintware” 3. Application engineering courses on Painting
4. Special programming as required
5. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 258 of 274  






4.5.02_S4P+ SE: Elektrikkurs

Electrical equipment service personnel

S4P+ SE: Electrical equipment course


Target group Prerequisites
Commissioning personnel, electrical equipment service personnel –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
–– Basic computer skills
Course goals –– Electrical engineering qualification
–– System overview
–– Locating system faults Information
–– Rapid diagnosis of the cause of the error can minimize downtime Course duration: 5 days
Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
Contents Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
–– Occupational health and safety Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Detailed explanation of structure and working method of the control of the Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
robot, particularly the ex protection Price: 2,650 EUR / participant
–– Program errors and how to recognize them
–– System parameters: Meaning, change, backup Contact
–– Checking calibration, updating revolution counter, fine-calibration Claudia Hillebrand
–– Working with circuit diagrams Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Practical exercises for error recognition, systematic error diagnostics Daniela Kehrer
–– Producing a system, installation of the control software Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Loading and executing test programs Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com

Overview of training plan


1. S4P+ PG1-L Programming basics 1
2. S4P+ SE: Electrical equipment course
3. Application engineering courses on Painting
4. Special programming as required
5. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 259 of 274  






4.5.03_S4P+ APT-L-IPS: Lackieren – Integriertes Prozesssystem

Electrical equipment service personnel

S4P+ APT-L-IPS: Painting – Integrated Prozess System


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, plant managers, project managers, planners, start-up –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
engineers, electrical equipment service personnel –– Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Using the IPS system and controlling the functions Course duration: 5 days
–– Making the necessary calibrations after exchanging components or when Number of participants: 4 persons
using new application media Maximum: 4 persons per training robot
–– Controlling painting processes; maintaining and configuring the control Dates: Subject to agreement
system Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Changing and / or optimising the application Price: 2,900 EUR / participant

Contents Contact
–– Occupational health and safety in dealing with the application Claudia Hillebrand
–– Practicing the writing of painting programs Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Architecture of the IPS system Daniela Kehrer
–– Explaining and understanding IPS configurations (GunControl, open / Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
closed loop, PumpSolution) Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
– – Extending and optimising the existing IPS configuration roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
– – Parametrisation of controllers
– – Mechanical repairs, error diagnostics of the controls Overview of training plan
– – Exchanging components 1. S4P+ PG1-L Programming basics 1
– – Calibrating actuators and sensors 2. S4P+ SE: Electrical equipment course
– – Using a computer to read parameter data via the serial interface 3. Application engineering courses on Painting
– – Diagnosis 4. Special programming as required
5. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 260 of 274  






4.5.04_S4C+ PS-M: Multitasking

Electrical equipment service personnel

No courses are currently provided in this category.

Overview of training plan


1. S4P+ PG1-L Programming basics 1
2. S4P+ SE: Electrical equipment course
3. Application engineering courses on Painting
4. Special programming as required
5. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 261 of 274  






4.6.00_Ausbildungsplan Applikationstechniker

Overview of courses

Painting robot S4P+


Application engineer training plan
Training plan blocks are linked to the associated course descriptions.
Click on “Overview of training plan” to go back.

Individual refresher
course / advanced course

Special programming as
required

Application engineering
courses on Painting

S4P+ PG1-L
Programming basics 1

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 262 of 274  






4.6.01_S4P+ PG1-L: Programmiergrundlagen 1 Lackieren

Application engineers

S4P+ PG1-L: Programming basics 1 – Painting


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, plant managers, project managers, planners, electrical Basic computer skills
equipment service personnel
Information
Course goals Course duration: 5 days
–– Independent execution of operating functions Number of participants: 3 – 6 persons
–– Independently developing, implementing, testing, optimising and Maximum: 3 persons per training robot
documenting simple movement programs Dates: Subject to agreement
–– Changing and / or optimising the application Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
Price: 2,400 EUR / participant
Contents
–– Occupational health and safety Contact
–– Structure and function of the robot system Claudia Hillebrand
–– RAPID program structure Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Types of movement in manual and automatic operation Daniela Kehrer
–– Writing simple movement programs Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
–– Monitoring input and output signals Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
–– Measuring tool and work object roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
–– Loading and saving modules and programs and system parameters
–– Error messages and status report Overview of training plan
–– Backup 1. S4P+ PG1-L Programming basics 1
–– Programming with conveyor tracking 2. Application engineering courses on Painting
–– Programming with the processware “Paintware” 3. Special programming as required
4. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 263 of 274  






4.6.02_S4P+ APT-L-IPS: Lackieren – Integriertes Prozesssystem

Application engineers

S4P+ APT-L-IPS: Painting – Integrated Prozess System


Target group Prerequisites
Programmers, plant managers, project managers, planners, start-up –– Basic course PG1 of the corresponding control generation
engineers, electrical equipment service personnel –– Basic computer skills

Course goals Information


–– Using the IPS system and controlling the functions Course duration: 5 days
–– Making the necessary calibrations after exchanging components or when Number of participants: 4 persons
using new application media Maximum: 4 persons per training robot
–– Controlling painting processes; maintaining and configuring the control Dates: Subject to agreement
system Venue: Training Center in Friedberg / Hessen
–– Changing and / or optimising the application Price: 2,900 EUR / participant

Contents Contact
–– Occupational health and safety in dealing with the application Claudia Hillebrand
–– Practicing the writing of painting programs Tel: +49 60 31 85-235
–– Architecture of the IPS system Daniela Kehrer
–– Explaining and understanding IPS configurations (GunControl, open / Tel: +49 60 31 85-343
closed loop, PumpSolution) Fax: +49 60 31 85-422 Quotation
via Email
– – Extending and optimising the existing IPS configuration roboterservice.schulung@de.abb.com
– – Parametrisation of controllers
– – Mechanical repairs, error diagnostics of the controls Overview of training plan
– – Exchanging components 1. S4P+ PG1-L Programming basics 1
– – Calibrating actuators and sensors 2. Application engineering courses on Painting
– – Using a computer to read parameter data via the serial interface 3. Special programming as required
– – Diagnosis 4. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 264 of 274  






4.6.04_S4C+ PS-M: Multitasking

Application engineers

No courses are currently provided in this category.

Overview of training plan


1. S4P+ PG1-L Programming basics 1
2. Application engineering courses on Painting
3. Special programming as required
4. Individual refresher course / advanced course

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 265 of 274  






04_S4P+ Individualkurse

Individual courses

S4P+ individual courses Overview of training plan

Standard and individual courses on site


Number of days Price for Monday to Friday Price for Saturday / Sunday
1 EUR 2,450 EUR 3,675
2 EUR 4,900 EUR 7,350
3 EUR 7,350
4 EUR 9,800
5 EUR 12,250
Each course on the first day from 1.00 pm to the last day at 1.00 pm, approx. 30 hours
Optional: Starts on the first day at 8.00 am if you book an additional half trainer day
Optional: Ends on the last day at 5.00 pm if you book an additional half trainer day

Individual courses in the Friedberg Training Center


Number of days Price for Monday to Friday Price for Saturday/Sunday
1 EUR 2,450 EUR 3,675
2 EUR 4,900 EUR 7,350
3 EUR 7,350
4 EUR 9,800
5 EUR 12,250

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 266 of 274  






Schulungspreise

Training prices 2016

Courses Duration Price Courses Duration Price


(days) (Euro) (days) (Euro)
Industry robot IRC5 IRC5 PS-I: Initiation 4 2,400
IRC5: Introductory course – Industrial robots 2 0,950 IRC5 PS-IV: Integrated Vision 4 2,400
IRC5 BE: Operating 3 1,300 IRC5 PS-M: Multitasking 4 2,400
IRC5 BE-S: Operation Shielded Arc Welding 5 2,500 IRC5 PS-MIG: Migration 3 1,900
IRC5 PS-MMV: MultiMove 5 2,600
IRC5 PG1: Programming basics 1 5 2,050 IRC5 PS-PM: PickMaster 3 Basics 5 2,600
IRC5 PG2: Programming basics 2 5 2,150 IRC5 PS-ProfiNet 3 1,900
IRC5 PG3: Programming basics 3 5 2,250 IRC5 PS-RS1: RobotStudio 1 5 2,150
IRC5 PG1-YuMi: Programming basics 1 – YuMi 5 2,150 IRC5 PS-RS2: RobotStudio 2 5 2,200
IRC5 Upgrade Workshop: S4C+ Upgrade 3,5 1,800 IRC5 PS-RS-Online: RobotStudio Online 3 1,800
IRC5 Upgrade Workshop: Robot specialists 5 2,500 IRC5 PS-RS-AWPP: RobotStudio ArcWelding PowerPac 3 1,900
IRC5 PS-RWMT: RobotWare Machine Tending 5 2,600
IRC5 APT-F: Milling 2 1,400 IRC5 PS-S+EPS: SafeMove and EPS 4 2,400
IRC5 APT-IDFPS-B: Sealing Basics 4 2,400 IRC5 PS-S-Adm: SafeMove Administrator 3 1,900
IRC5 APT-IDFPS-SE: Sealing Elektric 4 2,400 IRC5 PS-X1: Programming external axes 3 1,900
IRC5 APT-IDFPS-ME: Sealing Mechanic 3 1,900 IRC5 PS-X2: Configuring external axes 3 1,900
IRC5 APT-P: Spot welding 2 1,400 IRC5 PS-X3: Trimming external axes 2,5 1,600
IRC5 APT-RB: Roller beading 3 1,900 IRC5 PS-YuMi 3 1,900
IRC5 APT-S1: Shielded arc welding 1 3 1,900
IRC5 APT-S1: Shielded arc welding 2 5 2,600 IRC5 MachineSafety 4 2,400
IRC5 SE Electrical appliances course 5 2,500
IRC5 PS-A: Plant operation 4 2,400 IRC5 SD: Fault and Diagnostics 2,5 1,600
IRC5 PS-C: Conveyor tracking 3 1,900
IRC5 PS-EE: EnergyEfficiency 2,5 1,600 IRC5 ME 120: Mechanics 3 2,000
IRC5 PS-FCM: Force Control for Machining 4 2,400 IRC5 ME 140: Mechanics 3 2,000
IRC5 PS-HPR: HomePosRunning 3 1,900 IRC5 ME 1600 / 1600ID: Mechanics 4 2,500

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 267 of 274  






Training prices 2016

Courses Duration Price Courses Duration Price


(days) (Euro) (days) (Euro)
IRC5 ME 2400: Mechanics 3 2,000 IRC5P PS-RS: RobotStudio Paint 5 2,150
IRC5 ME 2600 / 2600 ID: Mechanics 4 2,500 IRC5P MachineSafety 4 2,400
IRC5 ME 360: Mechanics 3 2,000 IRC5P SE-L: Electrical appliances 5 2,650
IRC5 ME 4400: Mechanics 3 2,000 IRC5P SD: Fault and Diagnostics 3 1,900
IRC5 ME 4400 FP: Mechanics 4 2,500
IRC5 ME 4600: Mechanics 4 2,500 IRC5P ME 52: Mechanics 3 2,000
IRC5 ME 4600 FP : Mechanics 4 2,500 IRC5P ME 5400: Mechanics 4 2,500
IRC5 ME 6640: Mechanics 5 2,900 IRC5P ME 5500: Mechanics 4 2,500
IRC5 ME 6640 FP: Mechanics 5 2,900
IRC5 ME 6700: Mechanics 5 2,900 IRC5 P Individual 1 2,450
IRC5 ME FP: Mechanics 2 1,400
Industrial robot S4C+
IRC5 Individual 1 2,300 S4C+ BE: Operating 3 1,300

Painting robot IRC5P S4C + PG1: Programming basics 1 5 2,050


IRC5P: Introductory course – Paint robots 2 0,950 S4C + PG2: Programming basics 2 5 2,150
IRC5P BE-L: Operating painting 3 1,500
S4C+ SE Electrical appliances course 5 2,500
IRC5P PG1-L: Programming basics 1 for painting 5 2,400
IRC5P PG2-L: Programming basics 2 for painting 5 2,500 S4C+ ME 4400: Mechanics 3 2,000

IRC5P APT-L-IPS: Painting – Integrated Process System 4 2,500 S4C+ Individual 1 2,300
IRC5P APT-L-CBS: Painting – CartridgeBellSystem 3 2,100
IRC5P APT-L-KA: Painting – Conventional application 3 2,100

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 268 of 274  






Training prices 2016

Courses Duration Price


(days) (Euro)
Painting robot S4P+
S4P BE-L: Operating painting 3 1,500

S4P+ PG1-L: Programming basics 1 painting 5 2,400


S4P+ PG2-L: Programming basics 2 painting 5 2,500

S4P+ APT-L-IPS: Painting – Integrated Process System 5 2,900

S4P+ SE-L: Electrical appliances 5 2,650

S4P+ ME 5400: Mechanics 4 2,500

S4P+ Individual 1 2,450

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 269 of 274  






Kursbedingungen

General course conditions

aforementioned reasons, ABB reserves the right to ban the course participant
General course conditions of the from the course for the sake of other course participants.
ABB Training Center Friedberg

ABB Automation GmbH 2 Registration for the seminars and course venue
Unternehmensbereich Robotics 2.1 For organisational reasons, the registration must be made in writing. The following in-
Grüner Weg 6, 61169 Friedberg, Germany formation is required: First and last names, as well as complete address with
telephone and fax number of the participant, complete name of the customer’s
company (if it deviates from that of the participant), name of the seminar and
the seminar date.
1 General remarks
1.1 “Customer” refers to the business person in whose name the seminar was booked. 2.2 Unless stated otherwise in the course description and confirmation, the semi-
nars are held in the Training Center of ABB Automation GmbH, Unternehmens-
1.2 “Participant” refers to the natural person who is registered for the seminar or is bereich (business unit) Robotics in Grüner Weg 6, 61169 Friedberg, Germany.
taking part in the seminar.
2.3 Insofar as the parties agree that the training shall be held on the customer’s
1.3 Insofar as these conditions include obligations of the participant, the custom- premises, the “Course conditions for courses on the customer’s premises” take
er for whom the participant is taking part is completely responsible for ensuring priority over these conditions.
their fulfilment.
2.4 Upon registration, the terms and conditions of business become part of the
1.4 For the course on servicing electrical appliances, as well as for certain individu- contract and are acknowledged as legally binding.
al courses (depending on their requirements), the customer must have a profes-
sional electro-technical qualification.
3 Data protection
1.5 Participants of mechanics courses or combined operation/mechanics courses 3.1 The customer grants his consent for his data to be processed insofar as this serves
must bring their own protective clothing (protective shoes and work clothes). the purpose of the legal relationship.

1.6 The customer is aware that without the prerequisites specified in the seminar
programme, the learning goal of a seminar is difficult or impossible to achieve. 4 Course times
The customer shall therefore ensure that their appointed participant fulfils these 4.1 The course times are as follows: We begin at 10:00 am on the first day.
prerequisites. Seminars end daily at 4:30 pm, except on Friday which ends at 1:30 pm.
Half-day courses end at 12:30 pm.
1.7 If a course participant significantly hinders the progress of the course for the

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 270 of 274  






5 Confirmation be charged 50 percent of the seminar price. In the event of a later cancellation,
5.1 ATG/R confirms the receipt of the registration/order (confirmation of receipt) with a the customer shall be charged the full seminar price. The customer is however
registration confirmation. Registrations are dealt with in the order they are re- given the option of appointing a participant to take his place.
ceived.

5.2 Registrations and registration cancellations are only processed in Friedberg by 9 Cancellation/Postponement by ATG/R
the training department. 9.1 ATG/R reserves the right to change the date and venue or cancel the seminar, even
if a registration confirmation has already been issued, in the event of insuffi-
cient demand, insufficient participants, speaker cancellations, force majeure or
6 Seminar prices for other important reasons that are not the fault of ATG/R. The affected par-
6.1 Please refer to the current price list for the prices. The prices are net prices and are ticipants shall be informed without delay and, wherever possible, shall be of-
excluding the respectively valid value added tax. fered alternatives. In the event of cancellation or postponement of the seminar
for one of the aforementioned reasons, no claims for damages may be assert-
6.2 ATG/R seminar prices include the costs for the use of the required technical ed against ATG/R.
equipment and accompanying material. The scope of service is specified in the
seminar description or, for customer-specific training courses, in the i­ndividually
defined agreements. 10 Liability disclaimer and indemnity
10.1 The information communicated in the seminar and contained in the accompanying
6.3 Other costs in connection with the seminar and the seminar participation (in materials, including all handed over data carriers, are didactically and expert-
particular travel and overnight costs) shall be borne by the participant or the ly prepared by ATG/R to the best of their knowledge and belief. ATG/R accepts
customer. Failure to participate or only partial participation in a seminar does no liability for any errors in the information as defined in clause 1, nor for any re-
not entitle the participant to a price reduction. sulting damages, in particular consequential damages.

10.2 Irrespective of the above 8.1, customer claims for damages and reimbursement
7 Conditions of payment of expenses (hereinafter referred to as claims for damages), for whatever legal
7.1 The seminar price must be paid in full after the seminar and on receipt of the ATG/R reason, in particular due to violation of duties from the obligatory relation and
invoice. for impermissible actions, are excluded. This does not apply for compulsory li-
ability, e.g. in accordance with the Produkthaftungsgesetz (German Product Li-
ability Act), in the case of intent, gross negligence, injury to life, limb or health
8 Customer cancellation or violation of cardinal contract duties. Claims for damages for violation of fun-
8.1 Cancellations of seminars must be made in writing. In the event of cancellation up to damental contractual obligations are however limited to foreseeable damag-
six weeks before the seminar date, the customer shall not be charged. In the es that are typical for the contract, insofar as there is no liability as a result of
event of cancellation up to 14 days before the seminar date, the customer shall intent, gross negligence or injury to life, limb or health. A change to the onus

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 271 of 274  






of proof to the detriment of the customer is not associated with the aforemen- 13 Other remarks
tioned stipulations. 13.1 If the customer is a businessman, the sole legal venue for all disputes arising direct-
ly or indirectly from the contractual relationship is Mannheim. ATG/R is however
10.3 Note: In the service course on electrical appliances, work is performed on live also entitled to file a lawsuit at the customer’s location.
parts with voltages exceeding 42 volts. ABB shall accept no responsibility for
accidents resulting from failure of the participant to observe the occupational 13.2 German substantive law, with the exclusion of the Convention of International
health and safety regulations. Sale of Goods (CISG), applies for the legal relationships in connection with this
contract.
10.4 Further, ATG/R shall accept no liability for improper dealing of the premises and
training appliances at the seminar venue and/or on the customer’s own sys- 13.3 Should any individual provision or any part of any provision be or become void,
tems. In this context, liability is excluded for consequential damages as a re- illegal or unenforceable, the validity of the remaining provisions hereof shall in
sult of incorrect operation by ATG/R trainers or participants. The customer must no way be affected. This does not apply if maintaining the contract would con-
indemnify ATG/R against all claims of third parties that are asserted against stitute unreasonable hardship for one of the parties.
ATG/R in connection with the aforementioned damages, and must fully reim-
burse ATG/R for all incurred costs and and expenses.

11 Accompanying materials
11.1 The documents reflect the status at the time of the seminar. ATG/R accepts no liability
nor guarantees that the information shall remain valid.

11.2 ATG/R reserves all rights, including those of translation, reprint and reproduc-
tion of the accompanying materials or parts thereof. These may not be repro-
duced, forwarded to or processed by third parties, distributed or redesigned in
Germany or abroad without the written consent of ATG/R. The software in the
seminar rooms is copyrighted and may neither be copied nor removed.

12 Certificate
12.1 At the end of the course, the participant’s qualification will be confirmed with the issu-
ance of a certificate. Participants who are unable to follow the course content
due to insufficient prior knowledge or comprehension difficulties will receive a
confirmation of participation.

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 272 of 274  






Course conditions for courses Production equipment risks to be borne by the customer for the course
ABB expressly points out that training courses bear risks for customer m ­ aterial /
on customer’s premises equipment, such as but not limited to:
The following prerequisites must be fulfilled by the customer: –– Collision when moving by hand or using the program; the gripper or another tool
may become damaged or destroyed.
Occupational health and safety at the training venue –– Defects to parts such as components on the safety circuit board; under
– – For reasons of occupational health and safety, the following conditions must be circumstances a replacement circuit board might not be available.
fulfilled by the customer. –– Loss of data: There is no up-to-date backup or it was not verified that data is
–– Secure attachment of the robot to the ground available for the complete installation of a system (system key and installation files).
–– Sectioning off the robot movement area
–– External emergency stop devices Continuation of the training in the event of damage / breakdown of equipment
–– Observation of all valid occupational health and safety regulations. In the case of damage occurring to customer material or equipment failure,
the following applies:
Training robot equipment –– Only the theoretical sections of the training plan can be continued.
–– For mechanical and electrical equipment courses, the customer must discuss the –– In consultation with the training management, the trainer can interrupt the training
suitability of the training equipment with ABB course and use the training time to carry out repairs.
–– One robot system is required for one to three course participants –– There is no entitlement to a repetition of the missing sections of the training course
–– Two robot systems are required for four to six course participants or to additional training hours.
–– Three robot systems are required for seven to nine course participants
–– Corresponding control generation Responsibility of the customer for damages and breakdowns during training
–– Corresponding handling parts The customer bears the risks and costs for all damage and failure of their own equip-
–– Storage positions ment during the training course, as well as the inability to achieve the training goal as
–– On / off unit for six signals a result. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:
–– Production downtime as a result of a plant error during the training course
Training room –– Necessity to repeat the course
The training room: –– Defects and damage to customer material / equipment
– – Must be located in the proximity of the training robot –– Cost of repairs, spare parts, use of maintenance personnel, etc.
–– Should be available for the entire duration of the course
–– Should be lockable

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 273 of 274  






Anfahrt

Directions

How to find us
Directions via the A45
Exit the A45 at “Florstadt” and drive in the direction of Friedberg. After the town entrance
sign, turn left after the pedestrian traffic lights in the direction of “Industriegebiet Grüner
Weg” (industrial area). Follow the main road through the “Industriegebiet Süd” (industrial
area) up to the traffic lights crossing. Turn right in the direction of B3 Gießen. At the sec-
ond lights, turn left into Grüner Weg. ABB is on the left-hand side.

Directions via the A5


Exit the A5 at “Friedberg” and drive in the direction of Friedberg, past Rosbach v.d.H.
Shortly before the town entrance sign for Friedberg, turn right at the roundabout into
Grüner Weg. ABB is on the right-hand side.

Directions via the B3


Drive on the bypass up to the “Friedberg West” exit/Industriegebiet Grüner Weg (industrial
area). Shortly before the town entrance sign for Friedberg, turn right at the roundabout
into Grüner Weg. ABB is on the right-hand side.

Getting there by public transport


Travel to Hauptbahnhof Friedberg (main station). There are taxis at the station.

ABB Automation GmbH


Unternehmensbereich Robotics
Grüner Weg 6
61169 Friedberg, Germany
Tel: +49 (0) 60 31 85-0
Fax: +49 (0) 60 31 85-297
Email: robotics@de.abb.com

www.abb.de / robotics

Training Center I Training plans I Prices I Course conditions I Directions Page 274 of 274  





Вам также может понравиться